You are on page 1of 135

SERVICE MANUAL

Color Inkjet Printer

Epson XP-850/860/
XP-800/801/802/810/820/821/830
XP-750/760/
XP-700/701/702/710/720/721/
XP-600/601/605/610/615/620/621/625/630/635
XP-640/645/510/520/530/540
XP-55

CONFIDENTIAL

SEMF12-001
Notice:
 All rights reserved. No part of this manual may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or
by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of
SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION.
 All effort have been made to ensure the accuracy of the contents of this manual. However, should any errors be
detected, SEIKO EPSON would greatly appreciate being informed of them.
 The contents of this manual are subject to change without notice.
 The above not withstanding SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION can assume no responsibility for any errors in this
manual or the consequences thereof.
EPSON is a registered trademark of SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION.

Note :Other product names used herein are for identification purpose only and may be trademarks or registered
trademarks of their respective owners. EPSON disclaims any and all rights in those marks.

Copyright 2016 SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION


Printer CS Quality Assurance Department

Confidential
Safety Precautions
All safety procedures described here shall be strictly adhered to by all parties servicing and maintaining this
product.

DANGER
Strictly observe the following cautions. Failure to comply could result in serious bodily injury or loss of life.

1. Always disconnect the product from the power source and peripheral devices when servicing the product or
performing maintenance.
2. When performing works described in this manual, do not connect to a power source until instructed to do so.
Connecting to a power source causes high voltage in the power supply unit and some electronic components
even if the product power switch is off. If you need to perform the work with the power cable connected to a
power source, use extreme caution to avoid electrical shock.

WARNING
Strictly observe the following cautions. Failure to comply may lead to personal injury or loss of life.

1. Always wear protective goggles for disassembly and reassembly to protect your eyes from ink in working. If
any ink gets in your eyes, wash your eyes with clean water and consult a doctor immediately.
2. When using compressed air products; such as air duster, for cleaning during repair and maintenance, the use
of such products containing flammable gas is prohibited.

PRECAUTIONS
Strictly observe the following cautions. Failure to comply may lead to personal injury or damage of the product.

1. Repairs on Epson product should be performed only by an Epson certified repair technician.
2. No work should be performed on this product by persons unfamiliar with basic safety knowledge required for
electrician.
3. The power rating of this product is indicated on the serial number/rating plate. Never connect this product to
the power source whose voltages is different from the rated voltage.
4. Replace malfunctioning components only with those components provided or approved by Epson;
introduction of second-source ICs or other non-approved components may damage the product and void any
applicable Epson warranty.
5. The capacitors on the Main Board may be electrically charged right after the power turns off or after driving
motors which generates counter electromotive force such as when rotating the PF Roller or when moving the
CR Unit. There is a risk to damage the Main Board if the Head FFC is short-circuited with the capacitors on
the Main Board electrically charged, therefore, after the power turns off or after motors are driven, leave the
printer untouched for approximately 30 seconds to discharge the capacitors before starting disassembly/
reassembly.
6. To prevent the circuit boards from short-circuiting, be careful about the following when handling FFC or
cables.
 When handling FFC, take care not to let the terminal section of FFC touch metal parts.
 When connecting cables/FFC to the connectors on circuit boards, connect them straight to the connectors to avoid
slant insertion.

Confidential
7. In order to protect sensitive microprocessors and circuitry, use static discharge equipment, such as anti-static
wrist straps, when accessing internal components.
8. Do not tilt this product immediately after initial ink charge, especially after performing the ink charge several
times. Doing so may cause ink to leak from the product because it may take some time for the waste ink pads
to completely absorb ink wasted due to the ink charge.
9. Never touch the ink or wasted ink with bare hands. If ink comes into contact with your skin, wash it off with
soap and water immediately. If you have a skin irritation, consult a doctor immediately.
10. When disassembling or assembling this product, make sure to wear gloves to avoid injuries from metal parts
with sharp edges.
11. Use only recommended tools for disassembling, assembling or adjusting the printer.
12. Observe the specified torque when tightening screws.
13. Be extremely careful not to scratch or contaminate the following parts.
 Nozzle plate of the Printhead
 CR Scale
 PF Scale
 Coated surface of the PF Roller
 Gears
 Rollers
 LCD
 Scanner Sensor
 Exterior parts
14. Never use oil or grease other than those specified in this manual. Use of different types of oil or grease may
damage the component or give bad influence on the printer function.
15. Apply the specified amount of grease described in this manual.
16. Make the specified adjustments when you disassemble the printer.
17. When cleaning this product, follow the procedure described in this manual.
18. When transporting this product after filling the ink in the printhead, pack the printer without removing the
ink cartridges in order to prevent the printhead from drying out.
19. Make sure to install antivirus software in the computers used for the service support activities.
20. Keep the virus pattern file of antivirus software up-to-date.
21. When disassembling/reassembling this product, if you find adhesive power of the double-sided tape which
secure the parts or FFC is not enough, replace the tape with new one and attach it correctly to the specified
points where the parts or FFC should be secured.
22. Unless otherwise specified in this manual, the labels attached on the returned product should be transferred to
the corresponding attachment positions on the new one referring to the labels on the returned product.

Confidential
About This Manual
This manual, consists of the following chapters, is intended for repair service personnel and includes information
necessary for properly performing maintenance and servicing the product.

CHAPTER 1. TROUBLESHOOTING
Describes the step-by-step procedures for the troubleshooting.

CHAPTER 2. DISASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY


Describes the disassembly/reassembly procedures for main parts/units of the product, and provides the
standard operation time for servicing the product.

CHAPTER 3. ADJUSTMENT
Describes the required adjustments for servicing the product.

CHAPTER 4. MAINTENANCE
Describes maintenance items and procedures for servicing the product.

CHAPTER 5. REFURBISHMENT
Describes refurbishing work of the product and its purpose.

CHAPTER 6. APPENDIX
Provides the following additional information for reference:

 Connector Diagram
 Protection for Transportation

Symbols Used in this Manual


Various symbols are used throughout this manual either to provide additional information on a specific topic or
to warn of possible danger present during a procedure or an action. Pay attention to all symbols when they are
used, and always read explanation thoroughly and follow the instructions.
Indicates an operating or maintenance procedure, practice or condition that, if not strictly observed,
could result in serious injury or loss of life.

Indicates an operating or maintenance procedure, practice, or condition that, if not strictly observed,
could result in bodily injury, damage or malfunction of equipment.

May indicate an operating or maintenance procedure, practice or condition that is necessary to


accomplish a task efficiently. It may also provide additional information that is related to a specific
subject, or comment on the results achieved through a previous action.

For Chapter 2 “Disassembly/Reassembly”, symbols other than indicated above are used to show additional
information for disassembly/reassembly. For the details on those symbols, see "2.3 Disassembly/Reassembly
Procedures (p44)".

Confidential
Revision Status

Revision Date of Issue Description

A August. 29, 2012 First Release


B March. 5, 2013 Revised Contents
□ Capter 1
 ■ Made change in "1.3 Fatal Error Code List (p20)"
  ・ Made change in "1.3.2 Printer Fatal Error Code (p21)"
□ Capter 2
 ■ Made change in "2.1.4 Standard Operation Time for Servicing the Product (p38)"
  ・ Made change in "2-1 Standard Operation Time (p38)"
 ■ Made change in "2.3.3 Disassembly Flowchart (p47)"
  ・ " CR Scale Hold / CR Spacer (p49)" has been added.
 ■ Made change in "2.4 Detailed Disassembly/Reassembly Procedure for each Part/Unit
(p66)"
  ・ Made change in " Printhead (p67)"
  ・ Made change in " Gears on the left side of the Frame Base (p71)"

Confidential
Revision Date of Issue Description

C July. 5, 2013 Revised Contents


□ All capters
 ■ Description about Epson XP-810/XP-710/XP-610/XP-510 series has been added.
□ Capter 2
 ■ Made change in"2.3 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures (p44)"
  ・ Made change in "2.3.2 Functional differences between models and component parts
(p45)"
  ・ Made change in "2.3.3.1 Disassembly Flowchart (XP-850/XP-800/XP-810/XP-750/XP-
760/XP-700/XP-710/XP-720/XP-600/XP-610 Series) (p48)"
  ・ "2.3.3.2 Disassembly Flowchart (XP-510 Series) (p54)" has been added.
 ■ Made change in"2.4 Detailed Disassembly/Reassembly Procedure for each Part/Unit
(p66)"
  ・ " Top Front Housing Assy (XP-510) (p71)" has been added.
 ■ Made change in"2.5 Routing FFCs/cables (p72)"
  ・ " Scanner Motor (XP-510) (p75)" has been added.
  ・ " Top Front Housing Assy (XP-510) (p76)" has been added.
  ・ " Scanner FFC (XP-510) (p76)" has been added.
□ Capter 3
 ■ Made change in "3.1 Required Adjustments (p79)"
  ・ Made change in "Table 3-2 Required Adjustment List (p83)"
  ・ Made change in "3.2.1 Operating Environment (p89)"
  ・ Made change in "3.2.2.7 Paper Feed Amount Profile (PFP) Correction (p94)"
□ Capter 4
 ■ Made change in "4.2 Lubrication (p111)"
  ・ Grease type has been added.
  ・ "Fig. 4-27 Lubrication of the Scanner Housing Lower (p116)" has been added.
  ・ "Fig. 4-28 Lubrication of the Scanner Carriage (1) (p116)" has been added.
  ・ "Fig. 4-29 Lubrication of the Scanner Carriage (2) (p117)" has been added.
  ・ "Fig. 4-30 Lubrication of the Combination Gear 14.4,10.8 and Combination Gear
13.8,9.66 (p117)" has been added.
 ■ Made change in "4.3 Firmware Update (p110)"
  ・ "4.3.4 Case of XP-510 (Push Button and LCD Panel mounted model) (p113)" has been
added.
□ Capter 5
 ■ Made change in "5.1 Overview (p119)"
  ・ "5.1.1 Storage (p119)" has been added.
□ Capter 6
 ■ Made change in "6.1 Connector Diagram (p124)"
  ・ "6.1.2 Connector Diagram for XP-810/XP-710/XP-610 series (p126)" has been added.
  ・ "6.1.3 Connector Diagram for XP-510 (p127)" has been added.
 ■ Made change in "6.2 Protection for Transportation (p130)"
  ・ Made change in "6.2.1 Securing the CR Unit (p130)"
D August. 22, 2013 Revised Contents
□ Capter 2
 ■ Made change in"2.4 Detailed Disassembly/Reassembly Procedure for each Part/Unit
(p66)"
  ・ Made change in " Gears on the left side of the Frame Base (p71)"
□ Capter 3
 ■ Made change in "3.1 Required Adjustments (p79)"
  ・ Made change in "Table 3-1 Required Adjustment List (p80)"
  ・ Made change in "Table 3-2 Required Adjustment List (p83)"
  ・ Made change in "Fig. 3-3 Positions of the Parallelism Adjustment Bushing (p96)"

Confidential
Revision Date of Issue Description

E August. 30, 2013 Revised Contents


□ Capter 4
 ■ Made change in "4.2 Lubrication (p111)"
  ・ "Fig. 4-31 Lubrication of the Paper Guide Front Assy (p117)" has been added.
F December. 13, Revised Contents
2013 □ Capter 5
 ■ Made change in "5.1 Overview (p119)"
  ・ "5.1.2.2 Preparation (p122)" has been added.
□ Capter 6
 ■ Made change in "6.2 Protection for Transportation (p130)"
  ・ Made change in "6.2.1 Securing the CR Unit (p130)"

Confidential
Revision Date of Issue Description

G June. 18, 2014 Revised Contents


□ All capters
 ■ Description about Epson XP-860/XP-820/XP-760/XP-720/XP-620/XP-520/
XP-55 series has been added.
□ Capter 1
 ■ Made change in "1.1 Troubleshooting (p14)"
  ・ Made change in "Fig. 1-2 Troubleshooting Workflow (2) (p16)"
 ■ Made change in "1.3 Fatal Error Code List (p20)"
  ・ Made change in "1.3.2 Printer Fatal Error Code (p21)"
□ Capter 2
 ■ Made change in "2.1 Overview (p34)"
  ・ Made change in "2.3.2 Functional differences between models and component parts
(p45)"
 ■ Made change in "2.3 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures (p44)"
  ・ Made change in "2.3.3 Disassembly Flowchart (p47)"
 ■ Made change in "2.4 Detailed Disassembly/Reassembly Procedure for each Part/Unit
(p66)"
  ・ " Housing Front (XP-55) (p71)" has been added.
  ・ " Housing Upper (XP-55) (p71)" has been added.
 ■ Made change in "2.5 Routing FFCs/cables (p72)"
  ・ " Panel Assy (XP-55) (p76)" has been added.
  ・ " Wireless LAN Module Assy (XP-55) (p76)" has been added.
  ・ " Card Slot Board Assy (Stacker Motor compatible model) (p76)" has been added.
  ・ " Rear left side of the printer (XP-860/820/760/720/620/520 series) (p77)" has been
added.
  ・ " Panel Unit (XP-860/820/760/720/620/520 series) (p77)" has been added.
  ・ " Paper Guide Rear ASF Assy (XP-860/820/760/720/620/520 series) (p77)" has been
added.
□ Capter 3
 ■ Made change in "3.1 Required Adjustments (p79)"
  ・ Made change in "Table 3-2 Required Adjustment List (p83)"
 ■ Made change in "3.2 Adjustment Program (p89)"
  ・ Made change in "3.2.1 Operating Environment (p89)"
  ・ Made change in "3.2.2.1 CR Motor Heat Protection Control / PF Motor Heat Protection
Control / Panel/Stacker Motor Heat Protection (p89)"
 ■ Made change in "3.3 Mechanism Adjustment / Check (p95)"
  ・ Made change in "3.3.2 Touch Panel Adjustment (Touch Panel compatible model only)
(p99)"
□ Capter 4
 ■ Made change in "4.3 Firmware Update (p110)"
  ・ "4.3.2 Case of XP-860/XP-820/XP-750/XP-720 series (4.3 inch Touch panel mounted
model) (p111)" has been added.
  ・ "4.3.5 Case of XP-55 (LCD Panel not mounted model) (p114)" has been added.
□ Capter 6
 ■ Made change in "6.1 Connector Diagram (p124)"
  ・ "6.1.4 Connector Diagram for XP-860/820/830/760/720/620/630/640/520/530/540 series
(p128)" has been added.
  ・ "6.1.5 Connector Diagram for XP-55 (p129)" has been added.
 ■ Made change in "6.2 Protection for Transportation (p130)"
  ・ "6.2.4 Securing the Paper Support (XP-55) (p133)" has been added.

Confidential
Revision Date of Issue Description

H June. 10, 2015 Revised Contents


□ All capters
 ■ Description about Epson XP-830/XP-630/XP-530 series has been added.
□ Capter 1
 ■ Made change in "1.3 Fatal Error Code List (p20)"
  ・ Made change in "1.3.2 Printer Fatal Error Code (p21)"
□ Capter 2
 ■ Description has been added in "2.1.4 Standard Operation Time for Servicing the Product
(p38)"
  ・ XP-830/XP-630/XP-530 series adjustment time of the Main Board.
I Nov. 25, 2015 Revised Contents
□ Capter 2
 ■ Made correction in "2.3.4 Disassembly Flowchart (Main Board/Printhead) (p65)"
□ Capter 3
 ■ Made correction in "Table 3-2 Required Adjustment List (p83)"
  ・ Made corrction in purpose of the PF deterioration offset.
 ■ Made change in "3.3.2 Touch Panel Adjustment (Touch Panel compatible model only)
(p99)"
  ・ Case of XP-830/XP-630 has been added.
 ■ Made corrction in "Table 3.2.2.5 PIS Board Check (p92)"
  ・ Made corrction in purpose of the PIS Board Check.
J Jun. 15, 2016 Revised Contents
□ All capters
 ■ Description about Epson XP-640/XP-645/XP-540 series has been added.
□ Capter 1
 ■ Made change in "1.3 Fatal Error Code List (p20)"
  ・ "1.3.3 Printer Fatal Error Code (FY16 Model: XP-640/645/540) (p28)" has been added.
□ Capter 3
 ■ Made correction in "3.2.2.6 Head angular adjustment (p93)"
□ Capter 7
 ■ Made correction in "7.1.1 SPACER COVER DOCUMENT,SC (p135)"

Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/830/800/810/820/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

Contents
Chapter 1 Troubleshooting
1.1 Troubleshooting....................................................................................................................................................... 14
1.1.1 Troubleshooting Workflow ............................................................................................................................ 14
1.2 Power-On Sequence ................................................................................................................................................ 18
1.3 Fatal Error Code List............................................................................................................................................... 20
1.3.1 Displaying the Fatal Error Code..................................................................................................................... 20
1.3.2 Printer Fatal Error Code ................................................................................................................................. 21
1.3.3 Printer Fatal Error Code (FY16 Model: XP-640/645/540) ............................................................................ 28

Chapter 2 Disassembly/Reassembly
2.1 Overview ................................................................................................................................................................. 34
2.1.1 Tools ............................................................................................................................................................... 34
2.1.2 Jigs .................................................................................................................................................................. 34
2.1.3 Locations of the Parts/Units ........................................................................................................................... 35
2.1.4 Standard Operation Time for Servicing the Product ...................................................................................... 38
2.2 Common cautions when disassembling/reassembling the Product......................................................................... 42
2.3 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures ..................................................................................................................... 44
2.3.1 Functional differences between models and component parts ....................................................................... 44
2.3.2 Functional differences between models and component parts ....................................................................... 45
2.3.3 Disassembly Flowchart................................................................................................................................... 47
2.3.3.1 Disassembly Flowchart (XP-850/XP-800/XP-810/XP-750/XP-760/XP-700/XP-710/XP-720/XP-600/XP-
610 Series) .......................................................................................................................................................... 48
2.3.3.2 Disassembly Flowchart (XP-510 Series) ............................................................................................... 54
2.3.3.3 Disassembly Flowchart (XP-55)............................................................................................................ 60
2.3.4 Disassembly Flowchart (Main Board/Printhead) ........................................................................................... 65
2.4 Detailed Disassembly/Reassembly Procedure for each Part/Unit........................................................................... 66
2.5 Routing FFCs/cables ............................................................................................................................................... 72

Chapter 3 Adjustment
3.1 Required Adjustments ............................................................................................................................................. 79
3.2 Adjustment Program................................................................................................................................................ 89
3.2.1 Operating Environment .................................................................................................................................. 89
3.2.2 Details of the Adjustment Program ................................................................................................................ 89
3.2.2.1 CR Motor Heat Protection Control / PF Motor Heat Protection Control / Panel/Stacker Motor Heat
Protection ............................................................................................................................................................ 89
3.2.2.2 Scanner Motor Heat Protection / ADF Motor Heat Protection ............................................................. 90
3.2.2.3 Photo sensor light level adjustment ....................................................................................................... 90
3.2.2.4 Initialize PW deterioration offset........................................................................................................... 91
3.2.2.5 PIS Board Check.................................................................................................................................... 92
3.2.2.6 Head angular adjustment ....................................................................................................................... 93
3.2.2.7 Paper Feed Amount Profile (PFP) Correction ....................................................................................... 94
3.3 Mechanism Adjustment / Check ............................................................................................................................. 95
3.3.1 Checking the Platen Gap ................................................................................................................................ 95
3.3.1.1 PG Adjustment procedure...................................................................................................................... 95
3.3.1.2 Preparation ............................................................................................................................................. 96
3.3.1.3 Adjustment procedure............................................................................................................................ 97
3.3.2 Touch Panel Adjustment (Touch Panel compatible model only)................................................................... 99

Chapter 4 Maintenance
4.1 Overview ............................................................................................................................................................... 105

11
Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/830/800/810/820/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

4.1.1 Cleaning the Printhead.................................................................................................................................. 105


4.1.1.1 Cleaning the printhead filter ................................................................................................................ 106
4.1.1.2 Cleaning the seal rubber section of the printhead................................................................................ 107
4.1.1.3 Cleaning the nozzle plate section of the printhead .............................................................................. 108
4.1.2 Cleaning the Carriage ................................................................................................................................... 109
4.1.3 Cleaning the Exterior Parts/inside of the printer .......................................................................................... 110
4.2 Lubrication ............................................................................................................................................................ 111
4.2.1 Lubrication Points and Instructions.............................................................................................................. 112

Chapter 5 Refurbishment
5.1 Overview ............................................................................................................................................................... 119
5.1.1 Storage .......................................................................................................................................................... 119
5.1.2 Ink Discharge................................................................................................................................................ 119
5.1.2.1 Jigs ....................................................................................................................................................... 119
5.1.2.2 Preparation ........................................................................................................................................... 122

Chapter 6 Appendix
6.1 Connector Diagram ............................................................................................................................................... 124
6.1.1 Connector Diagram for XP-850/XP-800/XP-750/XP-700/XP-600 series ................................................... 125
6.1.2 Connector Diagram for XP-810/XP-710/XP-610 series .............................................................................. 126
6.1.3 Connector Diagram for XP-510 ................................................................................................................... 127
6.1.4 Connector Diagram for XP-860/820/830/760/720/620/630/640/520/530/540 series .................................. 128
6.1.5 Connector Diagram for XP-55 ..................................................................................................................... 129
6.2 Protection for Transportation ................................................................................................................................ 130
6.2.1 Securing the CR Unit.................................................................................................................................... 130
6.2.2 Securing the Duplex Unit ............................................................................................................................. 132
6.2.3 Securing the ADF Unit ................................................................................................................................. 132
6.2.4 Securing the Paper Support (XP-55) ............................................................................................................ 133

Chapter 7 xp-640/540 Series


7.1 Overview ............................................................................................................................................................... 135
7.1.1 SPACER COVER DOCUMENT,SC ........................................................................................................... 135

12
Confidential
CHAPTER 1

TROUBLESHOOTING

Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

1.1 Troubleshooting
This section describes the troubleshooting workflow and fatal error information.

1.1.1 Troubleshooting Workflow


The following page describes the troubleshooting workflow. Follow the flow when troubleshooting problems.

 In this chapter, the product names are called as follows:


• XP-850/860 series : XP-850/XP-860
• XP-800/810/820/830 series : XP-800/XP-801/XP-802/XP-810/XP-820/XP-821/XP-830
• XP-750/760 series : XP-750/XP-760
• XP-700/710/720 series : XP-700/XP-701/XP-702/XP-710/XP-720/XP-721
• XP-600/610/620/630 series : XP-600/XP-601/XP-605/XP-610/XP-615/XP-620/XP-621/
XP-625/XP-630/XP-635
• XP-640 series : XP-640/XP-645
• XP-510/520/530 series : XP-510/XP-520/XP-530
• XP-540 series : XP-540
• XP-55 : XP-55
 This flowchart is compiled based on the following contents.
• Our experience regarding the quality problem.
• ESK’s repair data.
• Printer Mechanism specification for the product.
 XP-750/760 series/XP-700/710/720 series/XP-600/610/620/630 series/XP-640 series/XP-
510/520/530 series/XP-540 series/XP-55 are not equipped with the ADF unit, therefore,
the troubleshooting related to the ADF unit is not applied.
 XP-55 are not equipped with the ADF/Scanner unit, therefore, the troubleshooting
related to the ADF/Scanner unit is not applied.
 If the reason for the return is evident, first check the phenomenon user claims recurs,
then proceed to the troubleshooting.

Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Workflow 14


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

Start
Printer failure only
What is returned reason?
Turn on the power
ADF/Scanner failure

No Copy an image
Does printer turn on the
power?
1
(p 16)
Yes
Is scanning operation No
finished without 5
trouble?
No
Is Power-on sequence (p 16)
finished without error? 2 Yes
(p 16)
Yes
No
ADF failure?
Standby condition
Yes

Print check pattern


Copy an image by ADF

Yes Is ADF operation


Does an error occur No
when printing? 3 finished without 6
trouble?
(p 17)
(p 16)
No Yes

Is printing operation No Finish*


finished without trouble? 4
*: In case of “Not Trouble Found”, check fatal error code.
(p 16)
Yes

Figure 1-1. Troubleshooting Workflow (1)

Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Workflow 15


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

The power-on sequence Error is indicated during power-on


1 does not start (p 15)
2 sequence(p 15)

No Power* Fatal error Maintenance error Ink End error Ink Cartridge detection error SCN Open error No Ink Cartridge error Paper Jam Fatal error CR Fixing Tape error

[Presumable Cause] Please refer to " 1.3 Fatal Error [Occurrence Condition] [Occurrence Condition] [Occurrence Condition] [Occurrence Condition] [Occurrence Condition] Please refer to " 1.3 Fatal Error [Occurrence Condition]
• PS Unit damage Code List (p20)". This error occurs when This error occurs when ink in Ink This error occurs when This error occurs when Scanner This error occurs when Ink Code List (p20)". This error occurs if a paper jam
• Main Board damage maintenance counter in EEPROM Cartridge is empty. communication cannot be Unit is open. Cartridge is not installed. occurs during the power-on
• Panel Board damage exceeds the specified value. performed normally. sequence before initial ink charge.
[Major Occurrence Timing] [Major Occurrence Timing] [Major Occurrence Timing]
[Major Troubleshooting] [Major Occurrence Timing] • Power-on timing [Major Occurrence Timing] • Power-on timing • Power-on timing [Major Occurrence Timing]
• PS Unit replacement • Power-on timing • Print start timing • Power-on timing • Print timing • Ink Cartridge replacement Power-on timing
• Main Board replacement • Print start timing • Paper eject timing • Print start timing • Cleaning timing timing (before initial ink charge)
• Panel Board replacement • Paper eject timing • Cleaning timing • Paper eject timing
• Cleaning timing • Ink Cartridge replacement • Cleaning timing [Troubleshooting] [Troubleshooting] [Troubleshooting]
*: If the printer can turn on but turns off right away, the protection • Ink Cartridge replacement timing • Ink Cartridge replacement • Close Scanner Unit • Ink Cartridge installation Open the scanner unit and remove
timing timing • Scanner open sensor the CR fixing tape.
circuit may cut off the power due to an error such as a circuit [Troubleshooting] replacement
failure. [Troubleshooting] • Ink Cartridge replacement [Major Troubleshooting] • Main Board replacement
• Porous Pad replacement & • Remove and reinstall Ink • Scanner Unit replacement
Maintenance counter reset *If this error occurs during auto Cartridge
• Ink Cartridge replacement
duplex print / CDR print / Rear • Holder Board Assy
MSF print, printer stops and ejects replacement
the paper automatically even if the • CR Contact Module
replacement
printing is not completed. • Head FFC replacement
• Main Board replacement

Scanning cannot ADF does not


4 Problems related to print result or during printing (p 15) 5 be performed 6 operate normally
successfully (p 15)
(p 15)

Poor Printing Poor Paper Loading Abnormal Noise Scanner failure ADF Unit failure
[Phenomenon] [Presumable Cause] [Presumable Cause] [Presumable Cause] [Phenomenon]
• Poor printing quality • Use of 3rd party media • Foreign material • Contamination of Scanner • Paper is not fed
• Ink stain on paper • Edge guide mis-setting • Insufficient grease Glass • Multi-feed
• Dot missing • Foreign material • Gear damage • Contamination of Document • Paper jam
• Paper eject without printing • Part come-off Pad • Skewed document
• Contamination of paper feed [Major Troubleshooting] • CIS Unit damage
[Presumable Cause] roller on Pickup Roller or • Foreign material removal • Contamination of Scanner [Presumable Cause]
• Driver / Panel mis-setting Duplex Unit • Lubrication of grease Motor encoder scale • Deterioration of Pickup Roller
• Contamination of CR scale • Paper Casette Assy damage • Gear replacement • Scanner Motor encoder • Deterioration of ADF Pad Assy
• Contamination of PF Roller • Contamination of PF Roller damage • Damage to gears
• Contamination of Printhead • Scanner Motor damage • Damage to ADF Motor
cover [Major Troubleshooting] • Contamination of Scanner Glass
• Printhead damage • Recommendation of EPSON [Major Troubleshooting] • Damage to Document Mat Assy
• Ink clogging of Printhead media • Scanner Glass cleaning • Foreign object
• Contamination on Cap Unit / • Edge guide re-setting • Document Pad cleaning • Damage to ADF Cover Assy
Wiper of Ink System Assy • Foreign material removal • Document Pad Assy • Deterioration of Paper Eject
• Ink System Assy damage • Part re-installation replacement Roller
• Float of Porous Pad on Paper • Pickup Roller replacement • CIS Unit replacement • ADF Sensor failure
Guide Front • Duplex Unit replacement • Scanner Motor encoder
• Narrower PG • Paper Casette Assy cleaning [Major Troubleshooting]
• PE Sensor damage replacement • Scanner Motor encoder • Replace ADF Cover Assy
• PW Sensor damage • Printer Mechanism replacement • Replace ADF Pad Assy
replacement • Scanner Motor replacement • Clean Scanner Glass
[Major Troubleshooting] • Replace Document Mat Assy
• Driver / Panel re-setting • Remove foreign material
• CR Scale replacement • Replace ADF Unit
• Printhead cover cleaning
• Printhead cleaning
• Ink Cartridge replacement
• Printhead replacement
• Rubber cleaning of Cap Unit
• Ink System Assy replacement
• Porous Pad re-installation
• Printer Mechanism
replacement
• PE Sensor replacement
• PG readjustment
• PW Sensor replacement
• Main Board replacement

Figure 1-2. Troubleshooting Workflow (2)

Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Workflow 16


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

3 Error is indicated during printing nozzle check pattern.(p 15)

Paper Jam error No Paper error Double Feed error Paper Size Unmatch error Paper Size error Paper Detection Size error Panel Open error Stacker Open error MSF Close error
[Occurrence Condition] [Occurrence Condition] [Occurrence Condition] [Occurrence Condition] [Occurrence Condition] [Occurrence Condition] [Occurrence Condition] [Occurrence Condition] [Occurrence Condition]
This error occurs when top/ This error occurs when top of This error occurs on the following This error occurs when actual <Print Failure Alert: OFF> This error occurs when the actual This error occurs when the panel This error occurs when the stacker This error occurs when the MSF
bottom of paper is not detected by paper is not detected by ASF PE cases. paper size is not matched to This error occurs when the actual paper size is not matched to the open condition is not detected by open condition is not detected by Cover is closed.
ASF PE Sensor or PE Sensor in Sensor or PE Sensor in the • A paper is ejected without theoretical one. paper size is not matched to the theoretical one. (It occurs when panel open sensor. stacker open sensor.
the specified steps of paper specified steps of paper loading printing during paper loading theoretical one. (It occurs only the the gap between the actual paper [Major Occurrence Timing]
loading / ejecting operation operation correctly. operation. [Major Occurrence Timing] actual length is shorter than the size and the specified one is [Major Occurrence Timing] [Major Occurrence Timing] • Print start timing (Rear)
correctly. • Actual paper length is longer • Duplex print timing theoretical length specified in the bigger than  4mm.) • Power-on timing • Power-on timing
[Major Occurrence Timing] than theoretical one. • Paper eject timing driver.) • Print start timing • Print start timing [Troubleshooting]
[Major Occurrence Timing] • Paper loading timing (Front / <Print Failure Alert: On> [Major Occurrence Timing] • Paper eject timing • Paper eject timing • MSF Cover Open Sensor
• Power-on timing Rear) [Major Occurrence Timing] [Troubleshooting] This error occurs when the actual • Print start timing replacement
• Paper loading timing • Print start timing • PE Sensor replacement paper size is not matched to the (except for Duplex print/FAX) [Troubleshooting] [Troubleshooting] • Main Board replacement
• Paper eject timing [Major Troubleshooting] • PW Sensor replacement theoretical one. (It occurs when • Panel Assy replacement • Stacker Assy replacement
1 Set paper in Casette Assy and [Troubleshooting] • Main Board replacement the actual length is longer or [Troubleshooting] • Panel Frame Assy replacement • Paper Guide Front Assy
[Major Troubleshooting] push "Start" button. • PE Sensor replacement shorter than the theoretical length • PE Sensor replacement (Panel Open Sensor, Panel replacement
1 Push "Start" button after the 2 If this error occurs again, • PW Sensor replacement specified in the driver.) • PW Sensor replacement Motor, Transmission Gears • Panel Frame Assy replacement
jammed paper in printer check foreign materials / parts • Main Board replacement • Main Board replacement replacement) (Panel Motor, Transmission
mechanism is removed. come-off / parts damage / parts [Major Occurrence Timing] • Main Board replacement Gears replacement)
2 If this error occurs again, deformation in paper path. *This error occurs only for manual • Print start timing • Main Board replacement
check foreign materials / parts 3 If this is not resolved by 2), duplex print. • Paper eject timing
come-off / parts damage / parts check the following parts.
deformation in paper path. • Pickup Roller [Troubleshooting]
3 If this is not solved by 2), • Cassette Assy • PE Sensor replacement
check the following parts. • Duplex unit • PW Sensor replacement
• ASF PE sensor (Paper Guide • APG Lever & Gears • Main Board replacement
Rear ASF Assy) • ASF PE Sensor (Paper Guide
• PE sensor Rear ASF Assy) *This error occurs only for FAX
• Main board • PE Sensor print.
• Main Board
*If this error occurs during auto • PF Motor
duplex print operation, printer stops
and ejects the paper automatically
even if the printing is not com-
pleted.

MSF Request error MSF over insertion error Disc error Disc Tray error With-Disc-Tray error Stacker Close error CD-R Request error
[Occurrence Condition] [Occurrence Condition] [Occurrence Condition] [Occurrence Condition] [Occurrence Condition] [Occurrence Condition] [Occurrence Condition]
This error occurs when printer This error occurs when the top of This error occurs when media is This error occurs when CD-R tray This error occurs when CD-R tray This error occurs when stacker is This error occurs when printer
does not receive the signal to paper is detected by PE sensor or not detected properly by PW is not detected properly by PW is always detected by CD-R tray not detected by stacker close does not receive the signal to
begin MSF paper feed. paper is inserted too far before sensor. sensor. sensor. sensor. begin CD-R tray feed.
paper loading.
[Major Occurrence Timing] [Major Occurrence Timing] [Major Occurrence Timing] [Major Occurrence Timing] [Major Occurrence Timing] [Major Occurrence Timing]
• Print start timing (Rear) [Major Occurrence Timing] • Print start timing (CD-R • Print start timing (CD-R • Power-on timing • Print start timing (CD-R • Print start timing (CD-R
• Print start timing (Rear) printing) printing) • Print start timing (CD-R printing) printing)
[Troubleshooting] printing)
• Panel Assy replacement [Troubleshooting] [Troubleshooting] [Troubleshooting] • Ink Cartridge replacement [Troubleshooting] [Troubleshooting]
• Main Board replacement • PE Sensor replacement • PW Sensor replacement • PW Sensor replacement timing • Stacker Close Sensor • Panel Assy replacement
• Main Board replacement • Main Board replacement • Main Board replacement replacement (Panel Frame • Main Board replacement
[Troubleshooting] Assy replacement)
• CD-R Tray Sensor • Main Board replacement
replacement (Panel Frame
Assy replacement)
• Main Board replacement

Figure 1-3. Troubleshooting Workflow (3)

Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Workflow 17


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

1.2 Power-On Sequence


This section describes the power-on sequences. The preconditions are as follows.
 Condition: Power-on sequence (See Table 1-1.)
 No error occurred when you turned on the printer last time and it has been correctly turned off.
 Initial ink charge has finished and every cartridge has sufficient ink.
 No paper on the paper path.
 The Printhead is capped.
 The Carriage is normally fixed by the CR Lock.
 Maintenance error recovery has never been performed.
 1st Cassette Assy is in front of the printer.
 Rear paper load cover is closed.
 CD-R tray is not inserted.
Table 1-1. Condition 1: Normal Power-on Sequence
CR Unit/PF Roller
Operation*1 movement and
position*2
1. Printhead initialization and fuse inspection 80 HP 0
CR Unit
1-1.Initializes the Printhead, and checks for the fuse on the circuit boards in the printer.*3 PG ++
PG Typ.

APG lever CR Lock

2. Checking for waste ink overflow 80 HP 0

2-1.Checks the waste ink counter if the waste ink overflow is occurring.
PG ++
PG Typ.

3. Releasing the CR lock 80 HP 0

3-1.The PF Motor rotates clockwise and releases the CR lock.


PG ++
PG Typ.

4. Seeking the home position 80 HP 0

4-1.The CR Unit moves to the 0-digit side slowly and confirms it touches the Right Frame. PG ++
PG Typ.

4-2.The CR Unit moves to the 80-digit side slowly and stops near the right side of the Paper Guide Front Assy and 80 HP 0

confirms it does not touch the foreign material, such as remaining paper.
PG ++
PG Typ.

4-3.The PF Motor rotates clockwise so that the APG Lever is reset securely. 80 HP 0

PG ++
PG Typ.

4-4.The CR Unit moves to the home position quickly. 80 HP 0

PG ++
PG Typ.

4-5.The distance from the position where the CR Unit touched to the Left Frame is regarded as the standard distance 80 HP 0

from the origin position, and the home position is fixed. From then on, the CR Unit position is monitored according
PG ++
to the signals from the CR Encoder. PG Typ.

4-6.The CR Unit moves to the home position slowly. 80 HP 0

PG ++
PG Typ.

5. Low temperature operation sequence *4 80 HP 0

5-1.The CR Unit moves back and forth quickly between the CR Unit and near the left frame for two times.
PG ++
PG Typ.

6. APG Shift Operation 80 HP 0

6-1.The CR Unit moves to near the left frame quickly. PG ++


PG Typ.

6-2.The PF Motor rotates counterclockwise to set the APG Lever. 80 HP 0

PG ++
PG Typ.

6-3.The CR Unit moves to the 0-digit side slowly to set PG from PG++ to PG Typ. 80 HP 0

PG ++
PG Typ.

6-4.The CR Unit moves to near the left frame quickly. 80 HP 0

PG ++
PG Typ.

Troubleshooting Power-On Sequence 18


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

Table 1-1. Condition 1: Normal Power-on Sequence


CR Unit/PF Roller
Operation*1 movement and
position*2
6-5.The PF Motor rotates clockwise to reset the APG Lever. 80 HP 0

PG ++
PG Typ.

7. Detecting ink cartridge and initializing ink system *5 80 HP 0

7-1.The CR Unit moves to near the PIS. PG ++


PG Typ.

7-2.To check the operation of the PIS Sensor and to detect ink, the CR Unit moves back and forth between the CR Unit 80 HP 0

and near the APG Lever for two times.


PG ++
PG Typ.

8. CR lock setting 80 HP 0

8-1.The CR Unit moves to the home position. PG ++


PG Typ.

8-2.The PF Motor rotates counterclockwise to lock the CR Unit with the CR Lock. 80 HP 0

PG ++
PG Typ.

Note *1: The rotation directions of the PF Motor are as follows.


Clockwise: Paper is fed normally
Counterclockwise: Paper is fed backward
*2: The conditions of the CR lock and the APG lever are as follows.
• CR lock
Red: CR lock is set
White: CR lock is released
• APG Lever
Red: APG Lever is set (PG can be changed)
White: APG Lever is reset
*3: The fatal error occurs if there is a problem such as the fuse blew.
*4: Executed when the detected temperature is under 5 oC (41oF) by the thermistor on the Printhead.
*5: The empty suction operation may occur depending on situations.

 To recover from the maintenance error, the dedicated software that can be downloaded
from the web site which can be accessed from STM3 is required.
 The printer operation related to the maintenance error recovery is as follows.
• When the waste ink counter reaches the threshold value (1) for the first time and the
maintenance error occurs, the counter threshold of the maintenance error is changed
to threshold value 2 after performing recovery from the maintenance error.
• After the threshold value (2) is enabled, the warning; to notify the possibility of ink
leakage out of the printer, is displayed every time the waste ink counter increases by
5%.
• If the waste ink counter reaches the threshold value (2), the maintenance error occurs.
Then, the waste ink counter is changed back to the threshold value (1) after recovering
from the maintenance error, and the warning is displayed repeatedly according to the
increment of the waste ink counter until the maintenance error occurs when the
threshold value (2) is reached.
(Recovery from the maintenance error can be performed up to the specified number
of times.)

Troubleshooting Power-On Sequence 19


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

1.3 Fatal Error Code List


This section describes how to check the fatal error code, description, and the possible causes.

1.3.1 Displaying the Fatal Error Code


The fatal error code is stored in the EEPROM on the Main Board and can be read out using the Adjustment
Program. This product displays a printer fatal error code automatically on the panel LCD when a printer fatal
error occurs.

LCD display screen image

Error Code

Figure 1-2. Displaying the Fatal Error Code


<FY16 Model : XP-640/645/540>

LCD display screen image

Error Code

Figure 1-3. Displaying the Fatal Error Code (FY16 Model)

Troubleshooting Fatal Error Code List 20


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

1.3.2 Printer Fatal Error Code


This section describes the fatal error code and the possible cause for this product.

Table 1-2. Fatal Error List (Printer)


Error
Error type Error name Possible cause
code
ADF/Scanner • ADF Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
0x01 ADF PID excess speed failure)
• Motor driver failure (Main Board failure)
• ADF Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
0x02 ADF PID reverse failure)
• Paper jam
0x03 ADF PID lock • ADF Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
failure)
0x04 ADF PID acceleration lock error
• ADF Motor failure
• Paper jam
0x05 ADF PID excess load
• Cable disconnection
0x06 ADF PID driving time • Main Board failure
• ADF Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
0x09 ADF BS+ excess speed error failure)
• Motor driver failure (Main Board failure)
• ADF Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
0x0A ADF BS+ reverse error failure)
• Paper jam
• ADF Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
failure)
0x0B ADF BS+ lock error • ADF Motor failure
• Paper jam
• Cable disconnection
• ADF Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
failure)
0x0D ADF BS+ excess load error • ADF Motor failure
• Paper jam
• Cable disconnection
• ADF Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
failure)
0x0E ADF BS+ driving time error • ADF Motor failure
• Paper jam
• Cable disconnection
• CIS Unit failure
• Scanner Housing failure
• Main Board failure
0x10 HP detection failure
• Insufficient grease
• Foreign object
• FFC for CIS failure / FFC for CIS connection failure
0x11 Contact detection distance exceeded • CIS Unit failure
• Scanner Housing failure (Including wrong attachment of the origin mark)
Opposite side contact detection distance
0x12 • Main Board failure
exceeded error
• FFC for CIS failure / FFC for CIS connection failure
0x13 Wrong contact detection distance error • Motor failure
• CIS Unit failure
0x20 LED light failure
• Main Board failure
• Main Board for Scanner FFC connection failure
0x30 Option error
• Main Board failure
• Paper jam
• Foreign object
0x36 Paper jam error
• Loading/ejecting papers out of the standard range or curled papers
• Using long papers (Legal or longer)

Troubleshooting Fatal Error Code List 21


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J
Table 1-2. Fatal Error List (Printer)
Error
Error type Error name Possible cause
code
ADF/Scanner • ADF Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
0x41 FB PID excess speed failure)
• Motor driver failure (Main Board failure)
• ADF Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
0x42 FB PID reverse failure)
• Paper jam
• ADF Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
failure)
0x43 FB PID lock • ADF Motor failure
• ADF drive mechanism overload (assembling failure, lubrication failure)
• Cable disconnection
0x44 FB PID acceleration lock error • Cable disconnection
• ADF Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
failure)
0x45 FB PID excess load • ADF Motor failure
• ADF drive mechanism overload (assembling failure, lubrication failure)
• Cable disconnection
0x46 FB PID driving time • Main Board failure
• ADF Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
0x49 FB BS+ excess speed failure)
• Motor driver failure (Main Board failure)
• ADF Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
0x4A FB BS+ reverse failure)
• Paper jam
• ADF Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
failure)
0x4B FB BS+ lock • ADF Motor failure
• ADF drive mechanism overload (assembling failure, lubrication failure)
• Cable disconnection
• ADF Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
failure)
0x4D FB BS+ excess load • ADF Motor failure
• ADF drive mechanism overload (assembling failure, lubrication failure)
• Cable disconnection
0x4E FB BS+ driving time • Main Board failure
Printer • Carriage overload error (paper jam/foreign object)
• Ink system failure
• CR Motor failure
0x60 Home position • Deformation of the Main Frame
• Deformation of the CR Guide Rail
• CR Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board failure)
• Cable disconnection
• Paper jam
Contact error at ink replacement timing
0x62 • Foreign object
(Power-off)
• Deformation of the Main Frame
• Paper jam
Ink cartridge replacement timing
0x63 • Foreign object
contact detection error (Power off)
• Deformation of the Main Frame
• Carriage overload error (paper jam/foreign object)
• Ink system failure
• Deformation of the Main Frame
0x65 Wiping contact error • Deformation of the CR Guide Rail
• CR Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board failure)
• CR Motor failure
• Cable disconnection

Troubleshooting Fatal Error Code List 22


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

Table 1-2. Fatal Error List (Printer)


Error
Error type Error name Possible cause
code
0x66 2nd Tray switch error • Main Board failure
0x7F Inspection mode timing error • No occures except in manufacturing prodess.
0x81 PIS environmental error • Diffused light
• PIS failure
• Main Board failure
0x82 PIS continuous reflected light error
• Diffused light
• PIS failure (lighting all the time)
• Fault Detection Plate failure *2
0x83 No reflected light error
• PIS failure (installation posture, contamination)
• Home position gap
0x84 PIS shift length error
• Diffused light
0x87 PIS Empty Jig error • PIS failure (installation posture, contamination)
• PIS failure
0x88 Excessive Light error • Main Board failure
• Diffused light
• PIS failure (installation posture, contamination)
• Fault Detection Plate failure *2
0x89 Insufficient Light error
• Main Board failure
• Ink cartridge failure
0x8B Head fuse blowing error • Head fuse blowing failure
• Scanner failure
Printer 0x8D Factor error other than printer device
• ADF failure
0x8E Driver mismatch error • An unsupported driver was used
0x8F EEPROM verify error (by command) • Main Board failure, Flash ROM failure
• PE Sensor failure
0x93 PE Sensor error
• Main Board failure

PW detector wrong light emission • PW Sensor failure


0x94
amount error • Main Board failure

PE detector wrong light emission • PE Sensor failure


0x95
amount error • Main Board failure
IES(Ink End Sensor) prosess check
0x99 • Main Board failure
error
0x9A Circuit error (include blowout of a fuse) • Main Board failure
0x9B Transistor temperature error • Main Board failure
• Printhead failure
0x9C X-Hot detect error (pre printing)
• Main Board failure
• Printhead failure
0x9D X-Hot detect error (after flushing)
• Main Board failure
• Printhead failure
0x9E Head temperature error
• Main Board failure
• This error occurs if the printing or manual cleaning are performed in
0x9F Printing inspection less mode error
Printing inspection less mode.

Troubleshooting Fatal Error Code List 23


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

Table 1-2. Fatal Error List (Printer)


Error
Error type Error name Possible cause
code
Printer 0xA0 I/S PID excess load error
0xA1 STK PID excess load error
• Remove the protection material
0xA2 STK PID excess speed error • Panel Encoder failure(contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
failure)
0xA3 STK PID reverse error
• Pickup roller drive mechanism overload(paper jam/foreign object)
0xA4 STK PID lock error • Cable disconnecction
0xA5 I/S PID excess speed error • Contact between motor earth spring and motor terminal area

0xA6 I/S PID reverse error


0xA7 I/S PID lock error
0xA8 STK load position reverse error
0xA9 STK load position excess error
• Remove the protection material
0xAA STK load position excess load error
• Panel Encoder failure(contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
0xAB I/S load position reverse error failure)
• Pickup roller drive mechanism overload(paper jam/foreign object)
0xAC I/S load position excess speed error
• Cable disconnecction
0xAD I/S load position excess load error
0xAE STK PID driving time error
0xAF STK BS driving time error
0xB9 Other Ink device error
• Ink cartridge failure
0xBA Other Ink device error
• Holder Board Assy failure (CSIC Terminal failure/CR Contact Module
0xC0 CRCM access error failure)
• Main Board failure
0xC1 CRCM access error
• Cable disconnection
0xC3 Other Ink device error
• Panel Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
failure)
0xD1 PNL PID excess load error • Panel Motor failure
• Carriage overload error (paper jam/foreign object)
• Cable disconnection
• Panel Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
failure)
0xD2 PNL PID excess speed error
• Motor Driver failure
• Tooth skip of the Panel/Stacker gears
• Panel Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
failure)
0xD3 PNL PID reverse error
• Tooth skip of the Panel/Stacker gears
• Carriage overload error (paper jam/foreign object)
• Panel Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
failure)
0xD4 PNL PID lock error • Panel Motor failure
• Carriage overload error (paper jam/foreign object)
• Cable disconnection
• Panel Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
failure)
0xD8 PNL load position reverse error
• Tooth skip of the Panel/Stacker gears
• Carriage overload error (paper jam/foreign object)
• Panel Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
failure)
0xD9 PNL load position excess speed error
• Motor Driver failure
• Tooth skip of the Panel/Stacker gears

Troubleshooting Fatal Error Code List 24


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

Table 1-2. Fatal Error List (Printer)


Error
Error type Error name Possible cause
code
Printer • Panel Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
failure)
0xDA PNL load position excess load error • Panel Motor failure
• Carriage overload error (paper jam/foreign object)
• Cable disconnection
0xDC I/S PID driving time error • Pickup roller overload error (paper jam/foreign object)
0xDD I/S BS driving time error • Pickup roller overload error (paper jam/foreign object)
0xDE PNL PID driving time error
• Main Board failure
0xDF PNL BS driving time error
• CR Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board failure)
• CR Motor failure
0xE1 CR PID excess load error
• Carriage overload error (paper jam/foreign object)
• Cable disconnection
• CR Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board failure)
• Motor driver failure (Main Board failure)
0xE2 CR PID excess speed error
• Tooth skip of the CR Timing Belt
• Improper tension of the CR Timing Belt
• CR Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board failure)
• Tooth skip of the CR Timing Belt
0xE3 CR PID reverse error
• Improper tension of the CR Timing Belt
• Carriage overload error (paper jam/foreign object)
• CR Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board failure)
• CR Motor failure
0xE4 CR PID lock error
• Carriage overload error (paper jam/foreign object)
• Cable disconnection
• CR Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board failure)
• Motor driver failure (Main Board failure)
0xE5 CR PID speed fall error • Tooth skip of the CR Timing Belt
• Improper tension of the CR Timing Belt
• Carriage overload error (paper jam/foreign object)
• CR Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board failure)
• Tooth skip of the CR Timing Belt
0xE8 CR load position reverse error
• Improper tension of the CR Timing Belt
• Carriage overload error (paper jam/foreign object)
• CR Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board failure)
• Motor driver failure (Main Board failure)
0xE9 CR load position excess speed error
• Tooth skip of the CR Timing Belt
• Improper tension of the CR Timing Belt
• CR Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board failure)
• CR Motor failure
0xEA CR load position excess load error
• Carriage overload error (paper jam/foreign object)
• Cable disconnection
0xEE CR PID driving time error
• Main Board failure
0xEF CR BS driving time error
• PF Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board failure)
• PF Motor failure
0xF1 PF PID excess load error
• PF drive mechanism overload (paper jam/foreign object)
• Cable disconnection
• PF Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board failure)
• Motor driver failure (Main Board failure)
0xF2 PF PID excess speed error
• Tooth skip of the PF Timing Belt
• Improper tension of the PF Timing Belt

Troubleshooting Power-On Sequence 25


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

Table 1-2. Fatal Error List (Printer)


Error
Error type Error name Possible cause
code
• PF Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board failure)
0xF3 PF PID reverse error • Tooth skip of the PF Timing Belt
• Improper tension of the PF Timing Belt
• PF Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board failure)
• PF Motor failure
0xF4 PF PID lock error
• PF drive mechanism overload (paper jam/foreign object)
• Cable disconnection
• PF Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board failure)
0xF8 PF load position reverse error • Tooth skip of the PF Timing Belt
• Improper tension of the PF Timing Belt
Printer • PF Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board failure)
• Motor driver failure (Main Board failure)
0xF9 PF load position excess speed error
• Tooth skip of the PF Timing Belt
• Improper tension of the PF Timing Belt
• PF Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board failure)
• PF Motor failure
0xFA PF load position excess load error
• PF drive mechanism overload (paper jam/foreign object)
• Cable disconnection
0xFE PF PID driving time error
PF load position excess driving time • Main Board failure
0xFF
error

Troubleshooting Power-On Sequence 26


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

Table 1-2. Fatal Error List (Printer)


Error
Error type Error name Possible cause
code
Printer • PF Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board failure)
• PF Motor failure
FAH PF load position excess load error
• PF drive mechanism overload (paper jam/foreign object)
• Cable disconnection
FEH PF PID driving time error
• Main Board failure
FFH PF BS driving time error

Note 1: The home seek pattern and the white standard pattern are attached on the back of the Scanner Housing Upper near the home
position.
2: Fault Detection Plate is a reflector attached on the CR Unit. (Only XP-800/600/700/810/610/710/510/55 series)

Bottom of CR Unit
Fault Detection Plate

Figure 1-4. Fault Detection Plate (Only FY12_13_Model)

Troubleshooting Power-On Sequence 27


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

1.3.3 Printer Fatal Error Code (FY16 Model: XP-640/645/540)

Error
Error type Error name Possible cause
code
Scanner • ADF Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
100001 ADF PID excess speed failure)
• Motor driver failure (Main Board failure)
• ADF Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
100002 ADF PID reverse failure)
• Paper jam
• ADF Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
failure)
100003 ADF PID lock • ADF Motor failure
• ADF drive mechanism overload (assembling failure, lubrication failure)
• Cable disconnection
• ADF Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
failure)
100004 ADF PID acceleration lock • ADF Motor failure
• ADF drive mechanism overload (assembling failure, lubrication failure)
• Cable disconnection
• ADF Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
failure)
100005 ADF PID excess load • ADF Motor failure
• ADF drive mechanism overload (assembling failure, lubrication failure)
• Cable disconnection
100006 ADF PID driving time • Main Board failure
• ADF Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
100009 ADF BS+ excess speed failure)
• Motor driver failure (Main Board failure)
• ADF Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
100010 ADF BS+ reverse failure)
• Paper jam
• ADF Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
failure)
100011 ADF BS+ lock • ADF Motor failure
• ADF drive mechanism overload (assembling failure, lubrication failure)
• Cable disconnection
• ADF Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
failure)
100013 ADF BS+ excess load • ADF Motor failure
• ADF drive mechanism overload (assembling failure, lubrication failure)
• Cable disconnection
• ADF Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
failure)
100014 ADF BS+ excess driving time • ADF Motor failure
• ADF drive mechanism overload (assembling failure, lubrication failure)
• Cable disconnection
• CIS Unit failure
100016 HP detection failure • Scanner Housing failure
• Main Board failure
• CIS Unit failure
• Scanner Housing failure (Including wrong attachment of the origin mark)
100017 Contact detection distance exceeded • Main Board failure
• FFC for CIS failure / FFC for CIS connection failure
• Motor failure
• CIS Unit failure
• Scanner Housing failure (Including wrong attachment of the origin mark)
Opposite side contact detection distance
100018 • Main Board failure
exceeded
• FFC for CIS failure / FFC for CIS connection failure
• Motor failure

Troubleshooting Power-On Sequence 28


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

Error
Error type Error name Possible cause
code
Scanner • CIS Unit failure
• Scanner Housing failure (Including wrong attachment of the origin mark)
Wrong opposite side contact detection
100019 • Main Board failure
distance
• FFC for CIS failure / FFC for CIS connection failure
• Motor failure
100020 Measurement error • Too much load on the scanner driving system
• CIS Unit failure
100032 LED light failure
• Main Board failure
• Check FFC connection between Main board and scanner.
100048 Option error
• Main Board failure
• Paper jam
100054 Paper jam error
• Foreign object
• ADF Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
100065 FB PID excess speed failure)
• Motor driver failure (Main Board failure)
• ADF Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
100066 FB PID reverse failure)
• Paper jam
• ADF Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
failure)
100067 FB PID lock • ADF Motor failure
• ADF drive mechanism overload (assembling failure, lubrication failure)
• Cable disconnection
100068 FB PID acceleration lock • Cable disconnection
• ADF Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
failure)
100069 FB PID excess load • ADF Motor failure
• ADF drive mechanism overload (assembling failure, lubrication failure)
• Cable disconnection
100070 FB PID driving time • Main Board failure
• ADF Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
100073 FB BS+ excess speed failure)
• Motor driver failure (Main Board failure)
• ADF Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
100074 FB BS+ reverse failure)
• Paper jam
• ADF Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
failure)
100075 FB BS+ lock • ADF Motor failure
• ADF drive mechanism overload (assembling failure, lubrication failure)
• Cable disconnection
• ADF Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
failure)
100077 FB BS+ excess load • ADF Motor failure
• ADF drive mechanism overload (assembling failure, lubrication failure)
• Cable disconnection
100078 FB BS+ driving time • Main Board failure
Printer 000020 CR PID excess driving time error • Main Board failure
• CR Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board failure)
• CR Motor failure
000021 CR PID excess load error
• Carriage overload error (paper jam/foreign object)
• Cable disconnection
• CR Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board failure)
• Motor driver failure (Main Board failure)
000022 CR PID excess speed error
• Tooth skip of the CR Timing Belt
• Improper tension of the CR Timing Belt

Troubleshooting Power-On Sequence 29


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

Error
Error type Error name Possible cause
code
Printer • CR Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board failure)
• Tooth skip of the CR Timing Belt
000023 CR PID reverse error
• Improper tension of the CR Timing Belt
• Carriage overload error (paper jam/foreign object)
• CR Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board failure)
• CR Motor failure
000024 CR PID lock error
• Carriage overload error (paper jam/foreign object)
• Cable disconnection
• CR Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board failure)
• Motor driver failure (Main Board failure)
000025 CR PID speed fall error
• Tooth skip of the CR Timing Belt
• Improper tension of the CR Timing Belt
• CR Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board failure)
CR load position excess driving time • Tooth skip of the CR Timing Belt
000030
error • Improper tension of the CR Timing Belt
• Carriage overload error (paper jam/foreign object)
• CR Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board failure)
• CR Motor failure
000031 CR load position excess load error
• Carriage overload error (paper jam/foreign object)
• Cable disconnection
• CR Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board failure)
• Motor driver failure (Main Board failure)
000032 CR load position excess speed error
• Tooth skip of the CR Timing Belt
• Improper tension of the CR Timing Belt
• CR Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board failure)
• Tooth skip of the CR Timing Belt
000033 CR load position reverse error
• Improper tension of the CR Timing Belt
• Carriage overload error (paper jam/foreign object)
000040 PF PID driving time error • Main Board failure
• PF Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board failure)
• PF Motor failure
000041 PF PID excess load error
• PF drive mechanism overload (paper jam/foreign object)
• Cable disconnection
• PF Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board failure)
• Motor driver failure (Main Board failure)
000042 PF PID excess speed error
• Tooth skip of the PF Timing Belt
• Improper tension of the PF Timing Belt
• PF Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board failure)
• Tooth skip of the PF Timing Belt
000043 PF PID reverse error
• Improper tension of the PF Timing Belt
• Paper jam
• PF Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board failure)
• PF Motor failure
000044 PF PID lock error
• PF drive mechanism overload (paper jam/foreign object)
• Cable disconnection
• PF Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board failure)
PF load position excess driving time • PF Motor failure
000050
error • PF drive mechanism overload (paper jam/foreign object)
• Cable disconnection
• PF Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board failure)
• PF Motor failure
000051 PF load position excess load error
• PF drive mechanism overload (paper jam/foreign object)
• Cable disconnection
• PF Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board failure)
• Motor driver failure (Main Board failure)
000052 PF load position excess speed error
• Tooth skip of the PF Timing Belt
• Improper tension of the PF Timing Belt

Troubleshooting Power-On Sequence 30


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

Error
Error type Error name Possible cause
code
Printer • PF Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board failure)
000053 PF load position reverse error • Tooth skip of the PF Timing Belt
• Improper tension of the PF Timing Belt
000120 PNL PID driving time error • Main Board failure
• Panel Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
failure)
000121 PNL PID excess load error • Panel Motor failure
• Carriage overload error (paper jam/foreign object)
• Cable disconnection
• Panel Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
failure)
000122 PNL PID excess speed error
• Motor driver failure (Main Board failure)
• Tooth skip of the panel/stacker gears
• Panel Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
failure)
000123 PNL PID reverse error
• Tooth skip of the panel/stacker gears
• Carriage overload error (paper jam/foreign object)
• Panel Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
failure)
000124 PNL PID lock error • Panel Motor failure
• Carriage overload error (paper jam/foreign object)
• Cable disconnection
• Panel Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
failure)
000130 PNL load position driving time error • Panel Motor failure
• Driving system overload (foreign object)
• Cable disconnection
• Panel Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
failure)
000131 PNL load position excess load error • Panel Motor failure
• Carriage overload error (paper jam/foreign object)
• Cable disconnection
• Panel Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
failure)
000132 PNL load position excess speed error
• Motor driver failure (Main Board failure)
• Tooth skip of the panel/stacker gears
• Panel Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
failure)
000133 PNL load position reverse error
• Tooth skip of the panel/stacker gears
• Carriage overload error (paper jam/foreign object)
000140 STK PID driving time error
000141 STK PID excess load error
000142 STK PID excess speed error
• Remaining protective material
000143 STK PID reverse error • Panel Encoder failure (contaminated/detached scale, Encoder Board
000144 STK PID lock error failure)
000150 STK load position driving time error • Pickup roller driving system overload (paper jam/foreign object)
• Cable disconnection
000151 STK load position excess load error
000152 STK load position excess speed error
000153 STK load position reverse error
031001 Head hot detect error (pre printing)
031002 Head hot detect error (after flushing) • Printhead failure
031003 Transistor temperature error • Main Board failure
031004 Head temperature error
Head hot detect error (when changing
031005 • Main Board failure
ink)

Troubleshooting Power-On Sequence 31


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

Error
Error type Error name Possible cause
code
Printer 031006 Blown headfuse error • Headfuse has blown.
Unable to lower voltage due to
031007 • Abnormal head control
temporary abnormal printing prevention
033001 Blown CRCM fuse error • CRCM fuse has blown.
• Main Board failure
033002 ASIC access error
• Disconnection or slant connection of FFC
• Main Board failure
033003 CS rank wrong setting error
• CS rank was not set correctly in the production process.
• Main Board failure
033004 Fatal error when sending SC
• Disconnection or slant connection of FFC
• Main Board failure
033006 Read parity error
• Disconnection or slant connection of FFC
• Main Board failure
033007 Write parity error
• Disconnection or slant connection of FFC
033008 Access mismatch error • Bug of firmware
033009 Printing error due to jig • Printing has been done with a jig attached.
• Unable to accurately detect where the fault detection plate is because too
033501 ILS ambient light error much diffused light from outside is shed on the sensor. (When used
outdoors or near the window where direct sunlight comes in)
033502 ILS reflector continuous reflection error • Occurs only in the production process. (process jig error)
• Fault Detection Plate failure *1 (detached plate or peeled reflector)
033503 ILS reflector no reflection error • Sensor failure (contaminated sensor, damaged FFC, PIS Board
installation failure)
• Fault Detection Plate failure *1 (detached plate or peeled reflector)
033504 ILS gap abnormal error • Sensor failure (contaminated sensor, damaged FFC, PIS Board
installation failure)
033505 ILS empty jig error • Occurs only in the production process.
• PIS failure
033506 Excessive Light error • Main Board failure
• Diffused light from outside
• PIS failure (PIS Board installation failure, contaminated Sensor)
• Fault Detection Plate failure *1
033507 Insufficient Light error
• Main Board failure
• Ink cartridge failure
System error 202620 Wireless board failure • Wireless board is broken.
205102 Card board failure • Card slot board is broken.
20**** Firmware failure • Firmware is abnormal.

Troubleshooting Power-On Sequence 32


Confidential
CHAPTER 2

DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY

Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

2.1 Overview
In this chapter, the product names are called as follows:
 XP-850/860 series : XP-850/XP-860
 XP-800/810/820/830 series : XP-800/XP-801/XP-802/XP-810/XP-820/XP-830/XP-821
 XP-750/760 series : XP-750/XP-760
 XP-700/710/720 series : XP-700/XP-701/XP-702/XP-710/XP-720/XP-721
 XP-600/610/620/630 series : XP-600/XP-601/XP-605/XP-610/XP-615/XP-620/XP-630/
 XP-621/XP-625
 XP-640 series : XP-640/XP-645
 XP-510/520/530 series : XP-510/XP-520/XP-530
 XP-540 series : XP-540
 XP-55 : XP-55
This chapter describes procedures for disassembling the main parts/units of this product. Unless otherwise
specified, disassembled parts/units can be reassembled by reversing the disassembly procedure. See the cautions
or tips for disassembly/reassembly described in "2.4 Detailed Disassembly/Reassembly Procedure for each Part/
Unit (p66)".
Read the "Safety Precautions(p3)" before disassembling and reassembling.
When you have to remove units or parts that are not described in this chapter, see the exploded diagrams of SPI
(Service Parts Information).

2.1.1 Tools
Use only specified tools to avoid damaging the printer.

Name Availability EPSON Part Code


(+) Phillips screwdriver #1 O 1080530
(+) Phillips screwdriver #2 O ---
Flathead screwdriver O ---
Flathead Precision screwdriver #1 O ---
Tweezers O ---
Longnose pliers O ---
Acetate tape --- 1003963
Note 1: Some of the tools listed above are commercially available.
2: EPSON provides the tools listed with EPSON part code.

2.1.2 Jigs
Name Quantity EPSON Part Code
Thickness gauge (1.1 mm) 2 Commercially available
Thickness gauge (1.3 mm) 2 Commercially available
Box to adjust the height of Ink System Assy
1 Can be made with a commercial item.
(H: approx. 9 mm)

Disassembly/Reassembly Overview 34
Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

2.1.3 Locations of the Parts/Units


This section shows the locations of the main parts/units of this product.

The parts/units which can not be seen in the following pictures are indicated in dotted lines
( ).

 Exterior parts

Front Right
1

4 3
5 8

Left Rear

10

11
12

No. Name No. Name


ADF/Scanner Unit*1 (p48) 3 Right Bottom Housing Assy (p48)
• ADF Unit (p52) Panel Unit (p49)
ADF Front Cover (p52)/ADF Cover Assy (p48)/ADF 4
Panel Assy (p53)/Panel Frame Assy (p53)
Document Support Cover (p48)/Housing
Upper,SC,;Assy (p48)/ADF Sub Stacker (p48)/ADF 5 Left Bottom Housing Assy (p49)
Pad Assy (p48)/ ADF Rear Cover (p48)/ ADF 6 Card Slot Board Assy (p49)
1 Document Support Assy (p48)/ ADF Right Cover
7 Right Frame Base Assy (p53)
(p52)
• Scanner Unit (p52) 8 Waste Ink Pad Assy (p48)
Scanner Rear Cover Left/Right (p48)/Scanner Housing 9 USB Cover (p48)
Rear Left (p52)/Scanner Housing Rear Right (p52)/
10 Left Frame Base Assy (w/Main Board) (p49)
Scanner Housing Upper Assy (p52)/CIS Module (p52)
11 Duplex Unit (p53)
2 Right Front Housing (p48) 12 Paper Guide Rear ASF Assy (p50)
Figure 2-1. Exterior Parts

Disassembly/Reassembly Overview 35
Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

 Printer mechanism

2 3 4 5
6
7 8

1
9

10

No. Name No. Name

1 Star Wheel Holder Assy (p50) 6 Guide IC (p48)


2 CR Scale (p49) 7 Printhead (p48)
3 Paper Guide Upper Assy (p49) 8 Head FFC Cover (p48)
4 Paper Guide Front Assy (p50) 9 Holder Board Assy (p48)
5 CR Guide Rail Assy (w/CR Unit) (p50) 10 Head FFC Assy (p49)
Figure 2-2. Printer Mechanism: Front

1 2 3

7 6 5

No. Name No. Name

1 PW Sensor (p48) 5 Parallel Adjustment Bush Right (p50)


2 PE Sensor Assy (p53) 6 Ink System Assy (p49)
3 Holder Cam Assy (p53)
7 Porous Pad for Ink System Assy (p49)
4 PS Unit (p53)
Figure 2-3. Printer Mechanism: Right

Disassembly/Reassembly Overview 36
Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

2
3
1
4

9 8 7 6

No. Name No. Name

1 MSF Cover Open Sensor (p49) 6 Protection Cover (p50)


2 Relay Board B (p49) 7 APG Lever/ Gear’s (p50)
3 Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad A (p51) 8 PF Encoder Sensor Holder Assy (p49)
4 Wireless LAN Module (p53)
9 Parallel Adjustment Bush Left (p50)
5 Relay Board A (p49)
Figure 2-4. Printer Mechanism: Left

2 2

1 1

4 3

No. Name No. Name

Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad B/ Paper Guide Lower


1 3 Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad E (p53)
Porous Pad C (p51)
Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad D/Porous Pad Stopper
2 4 Pick up Roller Assy (p48)
(p51)
Figure 2-5. Printer Mechanism: Rear

Disassembly/Reassembly Overview 37
Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

2.1.4 Standard Operation Time for Servicing the Product


The following are the standard operation time for servicing the product. This standard operation time was
determined with the MTTR result measured using the prototype of XP-850 which have the most functions. For
other models described in this manual, perform the repair work referring to this standard operation time though
the time varies due to the structural difference between models.
The underlined parts/units are supplied as After Service Parts.

Table 2-1. Standard Operation Time


Time (mm:ss)
Parts/Unit Adjustment/
Replacement Total
inspection
USB Cover 0:25 0:25
Card Slot Cover 0.07 0.07
Head FFC Cover 0:11 0:11
Guide IC 0:22 0:22
Printhead 1:49 19:32 21:21
PW Sensor 2:25 2:48 5:13
Top Front Housing Assy 0:26 0:26
Right Front Housing 1:04 1:04
Right Bottom Housing Assy 1:25 1:25
Scanner Document Sensor Lever 1:14 1:14
Waste Ink Pad Assy 2:00 0:16 2:16
CR Front Cover 0:24 0:24
Holder Board Assy 1:23 1:23
CR Contact Module Cover 1:48 1:48
CR Contact Module 1:52 1:52
Pick up Roller Assy 0:18 0:18
Document Mat Assy 0:11 0:11
ADF Sub Stacker 0:25 0:25
ADF Document Support Cover 0:10 0:10
ADF Cover Assy 0:12 0:12
ADF Pad Assy 0:18 0:18
ADF Rear Cover 0:19 0:19
Scanner Rear Cover Left/Right 0:14 0:14
ADF Document Support Assy 0:10 0:10
FAX Assy 2:32 2:32
ADF Relay FFC 2:34 2:34
FAX FFC 2:36 2:36
FAX Board Assy 2:36 2:36
Relay Board C 2:53 2:53
ADF/Scanner Unit 4:29 4:29
ADF Unit 6:16 0:46 7:02
ADF Hinge Right 6:28 6:28
ADF Hinge Holder 6:36 6:36
ADF Hinge Left 6:47 6:47
ADF Front Cover 7:57 7:57

Disassembly/Reassembly Overview 38
Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

Table 2-1. Standard Operation Time


Time (mm:ss)
Parts/Unit Adjustment/
Replacement Total
inspection
ADF Stacker Cover 8:06 8:06
ADF Right Cover 8:53 8:53
ADF Frame Assy 9:03 0:46 9:49
Scanner Unit 6:16 0:58 7:14
Scanner Housing Rear Right 6:47 6:47
Scanner Housing Rear Left 7:07 7:07
Scanner Housing Upper Assy 8:36 8:36
Scanner Driven Pulley Assy 9:01 9:01
Scanner Motor Assy 11:32 0:58 12:30
CIS Holding Plate 9:33 9:33
Spacer 10:30 10:30
CIS Module 10:30 10:30
Hinge Left/Right 4:53 4:53
Housing Upper 6:17 6:17
Left Bottom Housing Assy 6:52 6:52
EMI Frame 6:31 6:31
CR Scale 6:48 6:48
SCN Document Sensor 6:32 6:32
PF Encoder Sensor Holder Assy 7:03 7:03
PF Encoder Sensor 6:55 6:55
FFC Cover Frame 7:44 7:44
Relay Board B 7:23 7:23
Relay Board Holder 7:29 7:29
MSF Cover Open Lever / Torsion Spring 1.38v 6:28 6:28
MSF Cover Open Sensor 7:01 7:01
Right Frame Base Assy 9:24 3:02 12:26
PS Unit 9:52 3:02 12:54
Cassette Lock Lever 9:37 9:37
Right Frame Base Assy 9:52 9:52
Ink System Assy 10:01 10:01
Porous Pad for Ink System Assy 10:04 10:04
Paper Guide Upper Assy 7:24 11:56 19:20
CR Encoder Sensor 7:10 7:10
Frame Base Rear Cover Assy 6:28 0:16 6:44
Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad E 6:33 0:16 6:49
Frame Base Rear Cover Assy 6:33 6:33
Relay Board A 8:18 8:18
Card Slot Board Assy 9:02 9:02
Left Front Housing/Light Guide Plate 9:39 9:39
Wireless LAN Module 10:56 10:56
Card Slot Board Upper Shield Plate 11:46 11:46
Card Slot Board 12:11 12:11

Disassembly/Reassembly Overview 39
Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

Table 2-1. Standard Operation Time


Time (mm:ss)
Parts/Unit Adjustment/
Replacement Total
inspection
Card Slot Board Lower Shield Plate 12:11 12:11

EEPROM Data Copy OK 2:39 16:47


Left Frame Base Assy (w/Main Board) 14:08
EEPROM Data Copy NG 21:52 36:00
Main Board Shield Plate Upper/Grounding Plate 15:44 15:44
Insulation Sheet 15:58 15:58

EEPROM Data Copy OK 2:39* 18:42*


Main Board Assy 16:03
EEPROM Data Copy NG 21:52 37:55
Main Board Shield Plate Front Lower 16:03 16:03
Main Board Shield Plate Back Lower 17:31 17:31
Left Frame Base 17:31 17:31
Paper Guide Rear ASF Assy 18:28 18:28
Stacker Gear Holding Plate 14:58 14:58
Stacker Driven Gear’s 1 15:21 15:21
2nd Cassette Sensor Holder 16:38 16:38
Stacker Driven Gear’s 2 17:04 17:04
CR Scale Hold / CR Spacer 9:28 9:28
Panel Unit 10:53 0:52 11:45
Panel Assy 11:44 0:15 11:59
Scanner Open Sensor 11:21 11:21
Stacker Close Sensor 11:20 11:20
CD-R Tray Sensor 11:21 11:21
Panel Frame Assy 11:44 0:37 12:21
Panel Open Sensor 12:00 12:00
Head FFC Assy 13:08 13:08
CR Scale Holder 11:55 11:55
CR Driven Pulley Assy 12:50 12:50
CR Guide Rail Assy (w/CR Unit) 16:39 11:12 27:51
Protection Cover 16:58 16:58
Parallel Adjustment Bush Right 20:9 7:53 28:02
Front Frame 18:13 7:22 25:35
Star Wheel Holder Assy 21:19 6:03 27:22
Paper Guide Front Assy 22:53 14:24 37:17
Grounding Plate 22:36 22:36
Parallel Adjustment Bush Left 23:09 7:53 31:02
Main Frame Assy 24:47 10:12 34:59
PE Sensor Assy 25:27 1:06 26:33
CR Motor 26:43 0:22 27:05
Holder Cam Assy 25:23 25:23
Change Lever 25:22 25:22
Gear Fixture Plate 25:07 25:07
One Way Clutch Gear 25:28 25:28
PF Roller Fixture Plate 27:30 27:30

Disassembly/Reassembly Overview 40
Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

Table 2-1. Standard Operation Time


Time (mm:ss)
Parts/Unit Adjustment/
Replacement Total
inspection
Gear Holding Plate 28:10 28:10
APG Lever/Gear’s 28:22 28:22
Drive Transmission Gear’s Left 29:14 29:14
EJ Roller Assy 27:09 6:03 33:12
Stacker Roller Assy Holding Plate 27:14 27:14
Stacker Roller Assy 27:22 27:22
Frame Base Front Cover 26:56 26:56
PF Roller Assy 27:56 6:44 34:40
Combination Gear 17.03.10.2/ Spur Gear 49.32 30:02 30:02
PF Motor Assy 31:50 0:19 32:09
Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad D/Porous Pad Stopper 28:07 28:07
Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad A 28:25 0:16 28:41
Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad B/Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad C 28:50 0:16 29:06
Guide Rail Left/Right 32:49 32:49
Cassette 2 Driven Gear’s 33:17 33:17
Stacker Frame 33:27 33:27
Stacker Assy 33:36 33:36
Pick up Driven Shaft 35:57 35:57
Slide Lever 35:25 35:25
Pick up Assy Holder Lever 35:49 35:49
Frame Base 36:34 11:12 47:46
Duplex Unit 0:07 3:00 3:07
MSF Cover 0:44 0:44
MSF Frame Assy 1:04 3:00 4:04
1st Cassette Assy 0:06 1:29 1:35
Cassette Cover 0:28 0:28
1st Cassette 1:05 1:29 2:34
2nd Cassette 0:00 1:29 1:29

Note *: XP-830/XP-630/XP-520 series Adjustment/inspection:8:44 / Total 24:47

Disassembly/Reassembly Overview 41
Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

2.2 Common cautions when disassembling/reassembling the Product


This section describes common cautions when disassembling/reassembling the product.
Before disassembling/reassembling the printer including this product, be sure to read "Safety Precautions(p3)"
and this section.

Item Content Photo/Illustration

When 1. When handling new parts for replacement, take care not to
handling contaminate or damage them. 2. 3. 3.
parts 2. When disassembling/reassembling the parts, take care not to damage
the FFCs/cables/Ink tube if there is a possibility of coming into
contact with them.
Holder Board CR Guide
EMI Frame
3. When reassembling the product, take care not to let components of the Assy Rail Assy
unit come off.

When When installing parts, take care not to damage them when securing them MSF Frame Assy
reassembling by tightening screws.

When Do not lubricate any part other than those specified. If grease is applied
applying on such a part, wipe it off completely. ---
grease
External Confirm visually that there are no scratches, dirt, and gaps.
---
parts
Moving parts After reassembling, confirm that there are no abnormal noises and they
---
work smoothly.
Timing belts 1. Take care not to broke them. 2. 2.
2. Confirm that it is installed properly onto the transmissive sections of
the pinion gear/driven roller.

Motors Take care not to damage them. ---


Sensors 1. Take care not to touch the detector sections.
2.
2. As for the encoder Sensor used with a circular scale, the photo sensor 3.
section should be set over the encoded area of the circular scale.
3. Take care not to get injured by the sharp ends of the board terminal on
the back of the circuit boards when handling the sensors or the
peripheral parts.

Scales 1. Take care not to touch the encoded area. 2. 4.


2. Install it with the black triangular section up. (CR Sacle only)
3. Wipe off alcohol before installing. (CR Sacle only)
4. Confirm that they do not touch the photo sensors after installation.

Waste ink 1. Take care not to stain your hands with the waste ink soaked in the ink 2.
pads pads. If ink comes into contact with your hands, wash it off with water
immediately.
2. Take care not to stain the printer's parts with the waste ink soaked in
the ink pads. If ink comes into contact with the parts, wash it off.
(Especially, pay attention to Paper Guide Front/Lower Porous Pad)

Disassembly/Reassembly Common cautions when disassembling/reassembling the Product 42


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

Item Content Photo/Illustration

FFCs 1. Be sure to insert them to their connectors on the boards as far as they
will go without any loose connection such as a half-way or slant
connection.
2. Route them along their routing paths. ---
3. If the double-sided tape that secures the FFCs is not strong enough to
secure them, make sure to replace the tape and secure the FFCs
firmly.

Gears When installing gears, pay attention to the following:


• The gear section should not be damaged.
---
• No foreign material is attached.
• No grease is attached on any parts other than those specified.
PF rollers Do not touch rollers for paper feeding when handling them.

One Time After removing One Time parts specified in this manual, do not reuse
One Time icon:
parts them, but be sure to replace them with new ones.
ADF/ When disassembling/reassembling the ADF/Scanner Unit, make sure to
Scanner Unit do the work with the unit open to prevent damage to the Hinges.

Holder Cam Install the assy while aligning the protrusion on the D/E Lever with the D/E Lever Holder Cam Assy
Assy groove on the cam of the Holder Cam Assy.

Protrusion Groove

Ink System 1. Take care not to stain your hands with ink.
2. When you connect the ink tube to another part, insert the ink tube up
to the root of the joint to prevent ink leakage and secure the tube with
---
the tube clamp.
3. If it's hard to insert the ink tube to the joint, apply CR06 to the
inserting part of the ink tube.

MAC 1. Take care not to stain or damage it. 2.


Addless 2. When replacing the printer mechanism, attach the Main Board and the
Label part with the MAC address label to the new printer mechanism.
FFC Cover Frame

ADF Unit When disassembling/reassembling the components of the ADF Unit, do


---
the work referring to the instructions for WF-635 Series.

Disassembly/Reassembly Common cautions when disassembling/reassembling the Product 43


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

2.3 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures


2.3.1 Functional differences between models and component parts
In "2.3.3 Disassembly Flowchart (p47)", the procedures are indicated on the premise that some parts/units are
removed in advance. Make sure to remove the following parts/units before starting disassembly.
 1st Cassette / 2nd Cassette

2nd Cassette

1st Cassette

Figure 2-6. Removing the 1st Cassette/2nd Cassette


 Duplex Unit

Duplex Unit

Figure 2-7. Removing the Duplex Unit

Note *: See 10 (p 53) for disassembling the components of the Duplex Unit.

Note *: See 11 (p 53) for disassembling the components of the 1st Cassette.

Disassembly/Reassembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 44


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

2.3.2 Functional differences between models and component parts


The products described in this manual have differences in their structure because the same printer mechanism is
used for some of them and the composition of housings or functions differs.
The functions and differences according to the models are as follows.
Table 2-2. Function List According to Models
XP-800/XP- XP-700/710 XP-600/XP-
Item XP-850 series XP-750 series XP-510
810 series series 610 series

Scanner O O O O O O
Stop the CR moving in opening the
O O O O O O
Scanner Unit or Printer Cover
ADF O O --- --- --- ---
FAX O O --- --- --- ---
Compact flash memory card slot O O O O O ---
Rear paper feeding O O O O --- ---
2nd Cassette O O O O O ---
Touch panel type O O O O --- ---
Panel Electrostatic Pad type --- --- --- --- O ---
Push Button type --- --- --- --- --- O
3.5 inch O O O O --- ---
LCD 2.5 inch --- --- --- --- O ---
1.44 inch --- --- --- --- --- O
Auto Stacker/Panel open function O O O O --- ---
AirPrint 1.2 O O O O O O

Table 2-3. Function List According to Models


XP-820/830 XP-620/630 XP-520/XP-
Item XP-860 series XP-760 series XP-720 series
series series 530

Scanner O O O O O O
Stop the CR moving in opening the
--- --- --- --- --- ---
Scanner Unit or Printer Cover
ADF O O --- --- --- ---
FAX O O --- --- --- ---
Compact flash memory card slot O O O O O O
Rear paper feeding O O O O --- ---
2nd Cassette O O O O O ---
Touch panel type O O O O --- ---
Panel Electrostatic Pad type --- --- --- --- O ---
Push Button type --- --- --- --- --- O
3.5 inch O O O O --- ---
LCD 2.5 inch --- --- --- --- O ---
1.44 inch --- --- --- --- --- O
Auto Stacker/Panel open function O O O O --- ---
AirPrint 1.2 O O O O --- ---

Disassembly/Reassembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 45


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

Table 2-4. Function List According to Models


Item XP-640 series XP-540 series

Scanner O O
Stopping the CR movement in opening the
--- ---
Scanner Unit/Printer Cover
ADF --- ---
FAX --- ---
Compact flash memory card slot O O
Rear paper feeding --- ---
2nd Cassette O ---
Touch panel type --- ---
Panel Electrostatic Pad type O ---
Push Button type --- O
4.3 inch --- ---
LCD 2.7 inch O ---
1.44 inch --- O
Auto Stacker open/close function --- ---
Auto Panel/Cassette cover open/close function --- ---
AirPrint 1.5 O O

Table 2-5. Components According to Functions


Item Specification

Scanner The Scanner Unit is not mounted on the model without the Scanner.
Stopping the CR movement in opening The Scanner Open Sensor is not mounted on the models without the this function.
the Scanner Unit/Printer Cover
 The ADF Unit/ SCN Document Sensor are not mounted on the models without the
ADF function.
ADF
 The Document Cover Assy instead of the ADF Unit is mounted on the models
without the ADF function.
 The FAX Board Assy is not mounted on the models without the FAX function.
FAX  The case of the FAX Board for securing the Relay Board C is mounted on only the
XP-850/860 Series.
The shape and unit of components below differ according to with/without the compact
Flash function.
Compact flash memory card slot
• Card Slot Board Assy
• Card Slot Cover
The following differs accoding to with/without the rear paper feeding function.
• There is a difference in the shape and unit of the Duplex Unit for the the models
Rear paper feeding without the rear paper feeding function.
• The MSF Cover Open Sensor/ MSF Cover Open Lever / Torsion Spring 1.38 are not
mounted on the models without the rear paper feeding function.
The following parts are not mounted on the models without the 2nd Cassette.
2nd Cassette • 2nd Cassette (p 44)
• 2nd Cassette Sensor Holder
Panel The shape and unit of the Panel Assy differ due to the panel specifications.

Disassembly/Reassembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 46


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

Table 2-5. Components According to Functions


Item Specification

The shape and unit of components below differ according to with/without the Auto
Stacker/Panel open function.
Auto Stacker/Panel open/close function
• Panel Unit
• Panel Frame Assy
The shape and unit of components below differ according to with/without the Auto
Stacker/Panel open function.
Auto Panel/Cassette cover • Panel Unit
open/close function • Panel Frame Assy


The shape and unit of components below differ according to with/without the compliant
version of AirPrint.
• Paper Guide Rear ASF Assy
AirPrint
• Paper Guide Rear ASF Assy
• Relay Board B
• Frame Base

Therefore, parts and units are colored and classified into 2 types in the flowchart given in this section.
 Common parts/unit: Black
 Model-specific parts/unit: Red

2.3.3 Disassembly Flowchart


This section describes procedures for disassembling the parts/units in a flowchart format. For some parts/units,
detailed procedures or precautions are provided (accordingly indicated by icons and cell's color). Refer to the
explanations in the example chart below and perform an appropriate disassembling and assembling procedure.
(See "2.4 Detailed Disassembly/Reassembly Procedure for each Part/Unit (p66)".)
For routing cables, see "2.5 Routing FFCs/cables (p72)".

The example below shows how to see the charts on the following pages.

The name enclosed in gray


indicate a part/unit that Paper Guide
must be removed on the Upper Assy (p29)
way to the target parts.
Shows necessary
procedures before
CR Timing Belt Shows the procedure
removing the following FFC/ Cable *1 number on the “FFC/
parts.* cable list”.

Black letters indicate a part/ White letters indicate a


Frame Base Assy Housing Rear part/unit supplied as an
unit not supplied as an ASP.
ASP.
--- 1
Shows the screw types and
--- S4 4 the specified torque on the
“Screw type/torque list”.
(p21) (p27) (p22) (p43)

Shows removal/installation Reference page


as a unit/assy. is available.
Disassembly/Reassembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures
Note "*": The box with only part names means the removal of the parts. If the name of
47
FFC or a cable is shown, disconnect the FFC or cable from the connector.
Confidential
Item Description Reference
White-letter Part/unit supplied as an ASP ---
Parts/unit name
Black-letter Part/unit not supplied as an ASP ---
Indicates a practice or condition that could result in Indicates the reference
injury or loss of life if not strictly observed. page in blue-letter
Indicates a practice or condition that could result in
Indicates the reference
damage to, or destruction of equipment if not strictly
page in blue-letter
observed.
Indicates the parts that are inevitably broken in the
Indicates the reference
disassembling procedure, and should be replaced with
page in blue-letter
a new one for reassembly.
Indicates necessary check items in the disassembling/ Indicates the reference
assembling procedure. page in blue-letter
Indicates supplementary explanation for disassembly Indicates the reference
is given. page in blue-letter
Icon
Indicates particular tasks to keep quality of the units Indicates the reference
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540//55 series Revision J

2.3.3.1 Disassembly Flowchart (XP-850/XP-800/XP-810/XP-750/XP-760/XP-700/XP-710/XP-720/XP-600/XP-610 Series)

START

USB Cover Card Slot Cover Head FFC Cover Top Front CR Front Cover Pick up Roller Housing ADF Document ADF Document
Housing Assy Assy Upper,SC,;Assy Support Cover ADF Pad Assy Support Assy
1 --- --- 2 --- --- --- --- --- ---

S9 11 2 4 S9 4 2 1 2 2 4 2

(p 66) (p 72) --- --- (p 66) (p 66) (p 115) --- --- --- ---

 FFC/Cable* 1

Right Front Holder Board Scanner Rear


Guide IC ADF Sub Stacker ADF Cover Assy ADF Rear Cover
Housing Assy Cover Left/Right

FAX Assy --- 2 4 --- --- 1 ---

2 S10 2 S5 --- 2 2 S10 3 4


---
(p 66) --- (p 67) --- --- --- ---
--- 2 (p 52)

(p 72)
1 (p 52)
Screw type/torque list
Right Bottom Scanner
Printhead
 SC FFC (CN70) Housing Assy Document Symbol Screw Type Torque
 SC Encoder FFC (CN72) Sensor Lever
4 2 S1 C.B.P2-TITE SCREW 2.5x4 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm
---
--- --- S2 C.B.P-TITE P2 SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
S7 S9 S10
ADF/Scanner Note "*1": ADF compatible ---
model.( S24 )
S3 C.B.P-TITE P4 SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
Unit*1 (p 67) (p 78) ---
ADF non- --- S4 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 0.5 kgf·cm
2 compatible
S5 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x6 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm
model.( S25 )
S24 S25 --- S6 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
PW Sensor Waste Ink Pad
Assy S7 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x8 F/ZN-3C 3 + 1 / -0 kgf·cm
(p 72)
3 (p 52)
S8 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
1 2
S9 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZB-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
S1 --- S10 2 Common parts/unit
Hinge Left/Right S10 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
(p 67) (p 73) (p 78) (p 78) S11 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x12 F/ZB-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
2 Model-specific parts/unit
S12 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
S11 ---
FFC/cable list S13 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
--- S14 C.B.S-TITE P4 SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
No. FFC/Cable
S15 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm
 Disconnect the following FFCs/Cables from the Main Board.
Top Front Hous- • FAX FFC (CN2) S16 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
ing Assy (p48) • Relay Board C FFC (CN73) S17 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
Right Front  Disconnect the following FFCs/Cables from the Relay Board C.
Housing (p48) S18 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
• ADF Motor cable (CN2)
1 S19 C.C.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZB-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
• ADF Encoder cable (CN3)
• ADF PE Sensor cable (CN4) S20 C.P SCREW 3x4 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
Housing Upper • ADF PF Sensor cable (CN5)
S21 C.P SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
 Disconnect the ADF grounding wire and Scanner grounding wire.
1 ( S17 x1) S22 C.P.F.B-TITE SCREW 1.7x5 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
S23 C.P.P-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
---
S10
The following parts can be replaced without removing the ADF/Scanner Unit. However, S24 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x14 F/ZB-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
--- the working space for replacement is narrow and dark. Therefore, if you find it difficult to S25 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x12 F/ZB-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
work, remove the ADF/Scanner Unit first before replacement. S26 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x5 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
 Printhead/PW Sensor S27 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
A (p 49)
 Holder Board Assy S28 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
Flowchart 2-1. Disassembly/Reassembly Flowchart (1)

Disassembly/Reassembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 48


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540//55 series Revision J

A (p 48)

 SCN Document Sensor  PF Encoder Sensor FFC  FFC/Cable* 2  FFC/Cable* 3


 Torsion Spring 13.13
cable (CN3)
MSF Cover Open
Lever / Torsion
Relay Board B Spring 1.38
Left Bottom SCN Document PF Encoder PF Encoder FFC Cover
Housing Assy
EMI Frame CR Scale Sensor Sensor Holder Sensor Frame --- B (p 49)
Assy 2
2 --- --- --- 2 2 1
1 S10 ---
S9 S10 1 2 2 4 S8 1 S17 --- (p 68)
S18 1 (p 73)
--- --- (p 67) --- (p 73) (p 68)  MSF Cover Open Sensor
(p 73)
cable
 FFC/Cable* 4 Relay Board
Holder
MSF Cover
--- Open Sensor
Card Slot Board
Relay Board A B (p 49)
Assy --- ---

2 1 --- 4

S10 S17 --- S10 --- Right Bottom  Extension spring Head FFC Cover Frame Base Rear (p 73)
Housing Assy (p48) Cover Assy
(p 68) (p 74)
4 (p 53) --- (p48) Screw type/torque list
EMI Frame ---
Paper Guide  CR Encoder Sensor FFC Symbol Screw Type Torque
(p49) Upper Assy 1 S1 C.B.P2-TITE SCREW 2.5x4 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm
 Panel Motor cable
 FFC/Cable* 6 ---
(CN34) CR Encoder (p 78) S2 C.B.P-TITE P2 SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
CR Scale Hold / 9
 Panel FFC (CN23) CR Spacer --- Sensor *2 C.B.P-TITE P4 SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
 Waste ink cube S3

 Grounding spring 1 Right Frame


2 (p 53) S4 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 0.5 kgf·cm
Base Assy (p 68) (p 78)
---
S5 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x6 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm
S28 5 S22 ---
Panel Unit S6 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
--- --- Note "*2": The CR Encoder Sensor should
S2 S10 1 S7 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x8 F/ZN-3C 3 + 1 / -0 kgf·cm
be removed when the PG of the
3
CR Unit is "PG ++". (p 96) S8 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
(p 68) (p 72) (p 78)
---
7
S10 S9 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZB-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
FFC Cover (p 53)
(p 67) (p 74) (p 78) Frame (p49) FFC/cable list S10 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
5 (p 53)
S11 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x12 F/ZB-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
Ink System Assy No. FFC/Cable
 FFC/Cable* 5 S12 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
 Disconnect the Panel FFC from the connector (CN23), and release the routing.
 Grounding spring 2 2 S13 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
 Release the routing of the Panel Motor cable.
Head FFC Cover
C (p48) S10 ---
 Disconnect the following FFCs/Cables from the Relay Board B.
S14 C.B.S-TITE P4 SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm

CR Encoder Sen- Left Frame Base • PF Encoder Sensor FFC (CN2) • ASF PE Sensor FFC (CN3) S15 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm
(p 50) (p 68)
sor *2 (p49) Assy 3 • 2nd Cassette Sensor cable (CN4) • PE Sensor FFC (CN7)
(w/Main Board) S16 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
CR Front Cover • MSF Cover Open Sensor cable (CN8)
S17 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
(p48) 6  Disconnect the Relay Board B FFC (CN51) from the Main Board.
Porous Pad for S18 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
Holder Board 1 Ink System Assy  Disconnect the FFCs/Cables from the Relay Board A.
S10
Assy (p48) • Panel Open Sensor cable (CN2) • SCN Document Sensor cable (CN3) S19 C.C.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZB-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
--- • Panel Encoder cable (CN4) • Stacker Close Sensor cable (CN5)
(p 72) (p 78) S20 C.P SCREW 3x4 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
Guide IC (p48)
4 • CD-R Tray Sensor cable (CN6) • Stacker Open Sensor cable (CN7)
6 --- S21 C.P SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
• Scanner Open Sensor cable (CN8)
Printhead (p48)  Disconnect the FFCs/Cables from the Main Board. S22 C.P.F.B-TITE SCREW 1.7x5 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
(p 53) ---
• Card Slot Board FFC (CN7) • Relay Board A FFC (CN53) S23 C.P.P-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
D (p 50)
 Disconnect the FFCs/Cables from the Main Board. S24 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x14 F/ZB-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
Head FFC Assy • Head FFC (CN40, 41, 42, 43, 49, 50) • PIS FFC (CN52)
S25 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x12 F/ZB-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
Common parts/unit 5 • CR Motor cable (CN30) • PS Unit cable (CN501)
--- • PF Motor cable (CN31) • Relay Board B FFC (CN51) S26 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x5 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
Model-specific parts/  Disconnect the PF Encoder Sensor FFC from the Main Board and PF Encoder Sensor. S27 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
--- unit
6 Disconnect the ink tube from the hook on the Panel Unit. S28 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
(p 75) Flowchart 2-2. Disassembly/Reassembly Flowchart (2)

Disassembly/Reassembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 49


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540//55 series Revision J

C (p 49) D (p 49) E (p 50)


Left Frame Base Gear Fixture
Assy (w/Main Plate
Board) (p49)
EMI Frame 1
(p49) Relay Board B
Right Bottom  Grounding spring (p49)
CR Scale (p49) Housing Assy ---
S13
(p48) Relay Board
 Grounding spring
Holder (p49) (p 70)
EMI Frame Gear Holding Stacker Driven
(p49) Plate Gear’s 2
CR Scale Holder
Right Frame 2 --- Front Frame
Base Assy (p49) PF Roller One Way Clutch
1 Fixture Plate Gear
Relay Board B S10 --- 3 3
S18 --- (p49) --- ---
--- --- S2 S10 ---
Relay Board --- ---
--- S27
Holder (p49)
(p 69) (p 114)
--- (p 70)
 Extension spring Stacker Driven
 ASF PE Sensor FFC Gear’s 1
Right Bottom  FFC/Cable* 9
Housing Assy
--- (p48)
CR Driven
Pulley Assy Paper Guide
Rear ASF Assy --- Right Frame Gear Holding Common parts/unit
--- Base Assy (p49) Plate
4 ---
1 Model-specific parts/unit
4
S10 ---
 2nd Cassette Sensor  PIS FFC Ink System Assy ---
(p 113) cable (CN4)  Torsion spring (x2) (p49) S18
Screw type/torque list
(p 73)
Paper Guide (p 70) (p 114) Symbol Screw Type Torque
Upper Assy (p49)
CR Scale Hold / 2nd Cassette Star Wheel S1 C.B.P2-TITE SCREW 2.5x4 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm
CR Spacer (p49) Sensor Holder Holder Assy PF Encoder Sen-
sor Holder Assy S2 C.B.P-TITE P2 SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
FFC Cover (p49)
1 --- APG Lever/
Frame (p49) S3 C.B.P-TITE P4 SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
Gear’s
S13 --- --- S4 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 0.5 kgf·cm
 FFC/Cable* 7 ---
Grounding Plate S5 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x6 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm
(p 73) (p 69) (p 74)
CR Guide Rail --- S6 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
1
Assy (w/CR Unit) S7 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x8 F/ZN-3C 3 + 1 / -0 kgf·cm
 Stacker Open Sensor (p 71)
S10 S26 ---
4 cable S8 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
--- S9 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZB-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
S14 S18 ---
Drive
Paper Guide Transmission S10 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
(p 69) (p 75) Front Assy Parallel Gear’s Left
Adjustment S11 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x12 F/ZB-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
(p 78) (p 114) 4 Bush Left --- S12 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
S10 S19 --- 1 S13 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
2
1 S14 C.B.S-TITE P4 SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
Right Bottom (p 70) (p 74) S14
(p 71) (p 113)
Protection Cover Housing Assy S15 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm
(p48) (p 78) (p 112) (p 78)
1 S16 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
EMI Frame  FFC/Cable* 8
(p49) S17 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
S18 ---
Right Frame S18 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
--- Base Assy (p49) Main Frame FFC/cable list S19 C.C.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZB-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
Assy
Ink System Assy No. FFC/Cable
(p49) S20 C.P SCREW 3x4 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
6
Disconnect the Head FFC from the connectors (CN40, 41, 42, S21 C.P SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
S3 S10 1 7 43, 49, 50) on the Main Board and release the routing to the
S22 C.P.F.B-TITE SCREW 1.7x5 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
E (p 50) Parallel Front Frame.
Adjustment 8 (p 70) (p 75) S23 C.P.P-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
Bush Right Disconnect the FFCs/Cables from the Main board and release
(p 78) (p 113) the routing. S24 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x14 F/ZB-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
1 (p 53) • PE Sensor FFC (CN7)
8 S25 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x12 F/ZB-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
• PS Unit cable (CN501)
S14 1 S26 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x5 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
• CR Motor cable (CN30)
S27 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
(p 78) Release all the FFCs/Cables routing to the Gear Holding
F (p 51) 9
Plate. S28 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
Flowchart 2-3. Disassembly/Reassembly Flowchart (3)

Disassembly/Reassembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 50


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540//55 series Revision J

F (p 50)

Gear Holding Slide Lever Gear Fixture


Star Wheel Plate (p50) Plate (p50)
Holder Assy
(p50) Stacker Driven --- One Way Clutch
Gear’s 1 (p50) Gear (p50)
Paper Guide
Front Assy (p50) 2nd Cassette 1
Sensor Holder
(p50) --- Pick up Driven
Shaft
Frame Base  Grounding spring (x2)
Front Cover ---
Guide Rail Left/ Pick up Assy
3 Right Holder Lever ---
EJ Roller Assy 6 ---
--- ---

--- S6 --- 1
---
1 --- ---

PF Roller Fix- (p 69) (p 78) (p


Common parts/unit
ture Plate (p50) 116)
Cassette 2 Gear Fixture
Driven Gear’s Plate (p50) Model-specific parts/unit
 Grounding spring
Stacker Roller One Way Clutch
Assy Holding ---
Plate
Gear (p50) Screw type/torque list
PF Roller Assy 1 Pick up Driven Symbol Screw Type Torque
--- Shaft (p51)
--- --- S1 C.B.P2-TITE SCREW 2.5x4 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm
2
S2 C.B.P-TITE P2 SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
---
(p 116) Frame Base S3 C.B.P-TITE P4 SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
(p 69) (p 78) (p Stacker Frame
S4 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 0.5 kgf·cm
115) ---
Stacker Roller S5 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x6 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm
Assy ---
--- S6 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
Left Frame Base --- ---
Paper Guide Lower S7 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x8 F/ZN-3C 3 + 1 / -0 kgf·cm
Porous Pad D/ Assy (w/Main (p 78) (p 112)
Porous Pad Stopper Board) (p49) 1 --- S8 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
EJ Roller Assy
--- (p51) (p 114) S9 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZB-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm

---
S10 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
Stacker Assy
S11 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x12 F/ZB-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
(p 70) Combination
Gear 17.03.10.2/ --- S12 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
Spur Gear 49.32
--- S13 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
Paper Guide Lower --- S14 C.B.S-TITE P4 SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
Porous Pad A
(p 115)
--- S15 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm
---
S16 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
---
--- Paper Guide S17 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
Rear ASF Assy
(p 70) (p 78)  2nd Cassette Sensor (p50) S18 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
cable
Pick up Roller S19 C.C.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZB-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
Assy (p48)
Frame Base Rear S20 C.P SCREW 3x4 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
Cover Assy (p49) PF Motor Assy
S21 C.P SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm

3 S22 C.P.F.B-TITE SCREW 1.7x5 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm


Paper Guide Lower S23 C.P.P-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
Porous Pad B/ S10 ---
Paper Guide Lower S24 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x14 F/ZB-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
Porous Pad C (p 78) S25 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x12 F/ZB-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
--- S26 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x5 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
--- S27 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
S28 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
(p 70) (p 78)
Flowchart 2-4. Disassembly/Reassembly Flowchart (4)

Disassembly/Reassembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 51


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540//55 series Revision J

1 (p 48) 2 (p 48) 3 (p 48)

CR Contact Scanner Rear


ADF Relay FFC FAX FFC Cover Left/Right Scanner Unit
Module Cover Note "*2": Only remove the Scanner
(p48) *2
Rear Cover Left. Scanner Rear
--- --- 1 ---
Cover Left/Right Note "*1": Only remove the Scanner
--- --- S5 --- --- (p48) *1 Rear Cover Right.

ADF Unit
--- --- --- (p 78)
Scanner Housing
--- Rear Right

2 1
CR Contact 2
FAX Board Assy (p 78) Housing ADF Hinge ADF Hinge S10
Module
Upper,SC,;Assy Right Holder
--- --- (p48) ---
ADF Document --- 1
--- --- Support Cover
(p48) 2 S10 --- Scanner Housing
--- --- Rear Left
--- ---
1
Relay Board C
S10 1
ADF Front
ADF Hinge Left
1 Cover
---
--- 3 ---
S17

S10 8 1 Scanner Housing


---
Upper Assy
--- ---
5

Screw type/torque list S10 2


ADF Stacker ADF Sub ADF Cover Assy
Symbol Screw Type Torque Cover Stacker (p48) (p48) ---

S1 C.B.P2-TITE SCREW 2.5x4 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm --- ADF Document


Support Assy
S2 C.B.P-TITE P2 SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm (p48)  Scanner Timing Belt
1 ADF Right
Cover  Compression spring
S3 C.B.P-TITE P4 SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm ADF Rear Cover
--- (p48)
S4 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 0.5 kgf·cm 1 CIS Holding
S5 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x6 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm Scanner Driven Plate  E ring
S10 6 Pulley Assy  Driven Pulley Flange
S6 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm ---  Spur gear
--- ADF Frame Assy ---  Grounding wire
S7 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x8 F/ZN-3C 3 + 1 / -0 kgf·cm 6  Scanner Motor cable
S8 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm 1 ---
(p 66)
S9 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZB-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm (p 114)
S10 ---
S10 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm  CIS FFC Scanner Motor
(p 78) Assy
S11 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x12 F/ZB-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
S12 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm Spacer 2
S13 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm ---
S12
---
S14 C.B.S-TITE P4 SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
4 (p 66) (p 72)
S15 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm
(p 78) (p 112)
S16 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm ---
S17 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
S18 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
CIS Module
S19 C.C.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZB-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
S20 C.P SCREW 3x4 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm ---
Common parts/unit
S21 C.P SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
---
S22 C.P.F.B-TITE SCREW 1.7x5 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm Model-specific parts/unit
S23 C.P.P-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm (p 66) (p 72)

Flowchart 2-5. Disassembly/Reassembly Flowchart (5)

Disassembly/Reassembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 52


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540//55 series Revision J

4 (p 49) 5 (p 49) 6 (p 49) 7 (p 49)

 Panel FFC
Left Front
Housing/Light
Guide Plate Panel Assy Scanner Open Stacker Close CD-R Tray Sen- Main Board  Torsion spring
Sensor Sensor sor Shield Plate PS Unit
3 Upper/
--- --- --- --- Grounding Plate 2
S13 --- Cassette Lock
1 1 1 1 5 Lever
S10 ---
---
(p 67) (p 74) (p 78) S10 S21 --- ---
--- --- --- (p 78)
(p 69) 2
Relay Board A
(p49) Panel Frame Panel Open Sen- Right Frame ---
Assy sor Insulation Sheet Base Assy

--- --- ---


---
Wireless LAN
Module --- 4 ---
---
2 (p 78) (p 115) --- ---
---
S17 ---

--- 8 (p 50) 10 (p 44)


Main Board Assy Screw type/torque list
2 Symbol Screw Type Torque
Card Slot Board
Upper Shield --- S1 C.B.P2-TITE SCREW 2.5x4 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm
S10
Plate
 CR Motor cable S2 C.B.P-TITE P2 SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
Holder Cam (p 78)
2 PE Sensor Assy Duplex Unit
Assy S3 C.B.P-TITE P4 SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
S17 --- 1 1 --- S4 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 0.5 kgf·cm
CR Motor Main Board S5 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x6 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm
--- S15 --- S4 2 --- Shield Plate
Front Lower S6 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
2
(p 78) --- (p 78)
1 S7 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x8 F/ZN-3C 3 + 1 / -0 kgf·cm
S20 ---
Card Slot Board S8 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
 Extension Spring 1.39 ---
(p 78) S9 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZB-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
1 MSF Cover MSF Frame Assy
--- S10 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
S17 --- Change Lever 2 4 S11 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x12 F/ZB-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
2 --- Main Board S12 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
--- 9 (p 49) ---
S19 S13 S23
Shield Plate
Back Lower S13 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
--- (p 78)
2 S14 C.B.S-TITE P4 SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
---
Card Slot Board
Lower Shield 11 (p 44) ---
---
S15 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm
Plate
S16 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
--- Paper Guide Lower ---
Porous Pad E S17 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
--- --- S18 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm

Left Frame Base S19 C.C.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZB-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm


--- --- 1st Cassette
S20 C.P SCREW 3x4 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
(p 78) ---
--- S21 C.P SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
--- S22 C.P.F.B-TITE SCREW 1.7x5 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
---
Frame Base Rear ---
S23 C.P.P-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
Cover Assy (p 78) Cassette Cover Main Cassette
S24 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x14 F/ZB-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
--- 1 --- S25 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x12 F/ZB-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
Common parts/unit
--- --- --- S26 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x5 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
S19
S27 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
--- --- --- Model-specific parts/unit
S28 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
Flowchart 2-6. Disassembly/Reassembly Flowchart (6)

Disassembly/Reassembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 53


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540//55 series Revision J

2.3.3.2 Disassembly Flowchart (XP-510 Series)

START

USB Cover Housing,Upper, Top Front Pick up Roller Head FFC Cover CR Front Cover
SC,Assy Housing Assy Assy
1 --- 2 --- --- ---

S10 11 2 S10 --- 1 4 2

(p 66) (p 72) --- (p 71) (p 76) (p 112) --- (p 66)

 Scanner FFC

Right Bottom  Panel grounding wire


Scanner Unit Holder Board
Housing Guide IC
Assy
Common parts/unit
1 2
--- 4
Panel Assy
S28 1 S10 --- Model-specific parts/unit
2 S5 ---
---
(p 78) ---
1 (p 58) (p 66) (p 67)
4 (p 58) Screw type/torque list
3
Symbol Screw Type Torque
---
Waste Ink Pad
2 (p 58)
S1 C.B.P2-TITE SCREW 2.5x4 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm
Hinge
Assy Printhead
 Panel grounding wire S2 C.B.P-TITE P2 SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
1 2  Panel FFC
4 S3 C.B.P-TITE P4 SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
S11 --- S10 2 S4 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 0.5 kgf·cm
S7 ---
Top Front S5 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x6 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm
--- (p 78) Housing (p 67) (p 78) S6 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
--- S7 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x8 F/ZN-3C 3 + 1 / -0 kgf·cm
Top Front Hous- --- S8 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
ing Assy (p54)
PW Sensor S9 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZB-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
---
S10 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
1
 FFC/Cable* 1 S11 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x12 F/ZB-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
S1 --- S12 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
(p 67) (p 73) (p 78) S13 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
Housing Upper
Assy
S14 C.B.S-TITE P4 SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
S15 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm
5
S16 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
S10 ---
S17 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
--- S18 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
3 (p 58)
S19 C.C.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZB-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
FFC/cable list S20 C.P SCREW 3x4 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
A (p 55)
No. FFC/Cable S21 C.P SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
 Disconnect the Panel FFC from the Main Board (CN20). S22 C.P.F.B-TITE SCREW 1.7x5 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
 Disconnect the Scanner Open Sensor Cable from the Relay Board B C.P.P-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
1 S23
(CN4).
 Disconnect the Panel grounding wire. ( S17 x1) S24 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x14 F/ZB-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
S25 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x12 F/ZB-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
The following parts can be replaced without removing the Scanner Unit. However, the S26 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x5 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
working space for replacement is narrow and dark. Therefore, if you find it difficult to S27 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
work, remove the Scanner Unit first before replacement. S28 C.C.P-TITE SCREW 3x12 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
 Printhead/PW Sensor S29 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 5 ± 1 kgf·cm
 Holder Board Assy S30 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm

Flowchart 2-7. Disassembly/Reassembly Flowchart (7)

Disassembly/Reassembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 54


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540//55 series Revision J

A (p 54)

 PF エ ン コ ーダセ ンサ  FFC/Cable* 2
 Torsion Spring 13.13  Torsion Spring 13.13 FFC

Relay Board B

Left Bottom PF Encoder PF Encoder FFC Cover


Housing Assy
EMI Frame CR Scale CR Scale Hold /
CR Spacer Sensor Holder Sensor Frame
2 B (p 55)
Assy
2 --- --- 1 2 2 S10 ---
1
S10 1 2 2 S30 --- S8 1 S17 --- (p 73)
S18 1
--- --- (p 67) --- (p 73) (p 68)
(p 73) Relay Board
Holder

--- Common parts/unit


Wireless LAN
Module Assy FFC Cover ---
1
Frame (p55) B (p 55)
Model-specific parts/unit
---
---
S10  FFC/Cable4 (p55) Screw type/torque list
--- Right Bottom  Extension spring Head FFC Cover Frame Base Rear Symbol Screw Type Torque
Housing (p54) (p54) Cover
5 (p 58) Left Frame Base S1 C.B.P2-TITE SCREW 2.5x4 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm
Assy EMI Frame ---
(w/Main Board) (p55) Paper Guide S2 C.B.P-TITE P2 SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
 CR Encoder Sensor FFC
Upper Assy 1
6 S3 C.B.P-TITE P4 SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
 FFC/Cable* 3 --- S4 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 0.5 kgf·cm
Panel Frame S10 1 CR Encoder ---
Base --- Sensor * S5 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x6 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm
3 (p 72) (p 78) Right Frame S6 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
6 Base Assy (p 68) (p 78) 2
S7 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x8 F/ZN-3C 3 + 1 / -0 kgf·cm
S10 --- ---
(p 59) 5 S22
S8 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
--- D (p 56)
S2 S10 1 --- Note "*": The CR Encoder Sensor should
S9 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZB-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
be removed when the PG of the
CR Unit is "PG ++". (p 96) S10 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
(p 68) (p 72) (p 78)
7 S11 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x12 F/ZB-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
(p 59) S12 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
S13 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
Ink System Assy
S14 C.B.S-TITE P4 SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
Head FFC Cover
(p54) 2 S15 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm
CR Encoder Sen- --- S16 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
S10
sor * (p55)
S17 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
CR Front Cover (p 68)
(p54) S18 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm

Holder Board S19 C.C.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZB-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm


Assy (p54) S20 C.P SCREW 3x4 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
Porous Pad for FFC/cable list
Ink System Assy
Guide IC (p54) S21 C.P SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
---
No. FFC/Cable
S22 C.P.F.B-TITE SCREW 1.7x5 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
Printhead (p54)  Disconnect the following FFCs/Cables from the Relay Board B.
--- S23 C.P.P-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
• PF Encoder Sensor FFC (CN2) • Scanner Open Sensor cable (CN4)
2 S24 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x14 F/ZB-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
• PE Sensor FFC (CN7) • Stacker Open Sensor cable (CN8)
---
 Disconnect the Relay Board B FFC (CN51) from the Main Board. S25 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x12 F/ZB-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
Head FFC Assy
3 Disconnect the ink tube from the hook on the Panel Unit. S26 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x5 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
---  Disconnect the FFCs/Cables from the Main Board. S27 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
C • Head FFC (CN40, 41, 42, 43, 49, 50) • PIS FFC (CN52) S28 C.C.P-TITE SCREW 3x12 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
--- 4 • CR Motor cable (CN30) • PS Unit cable (CN501)
(p 56) • PF Motor cable (CN31) • Relay Board B FFC (CN51) S29 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 5 ± 1 kgf·cm
(p 75)
 Disconnect the PF Encoder Sensor FFC from the Main Board and PF Encoder Sensor. S30 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm

Flowchart 2-8. Disassembly/Reassembly Flowchart (8)

Disassembly/Reassembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 55


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540//55 series Revision J

C (p 55) D (p 55) E (p 56)


Left Frame Base Gear Fixture Main Frame
Assy (w/Main Plate Fixture Plate
Board) (p55)
EMI Frame 1 ---
(p55) Relay Board B
Right Bottom (p55)
CR Scale (p55) --- ---
Housing (p54) S13

 Grounding spring Relay Board


EMI Frame Holder (p55) (p 70) ---
 Extension spring (p55)
Right Frame
Base Assy (p55) Front Frame
PF Roller One Way Clutch
CR Driven Fixture Plate Gear
Pulley Assy 3
--- ---
--- S2 S10 ---
Relay Board B S27 --- ---
4 (p55)
(p 69) (p 114)
Relay Board --- (p 70)
(p 112) Holder (p55) Common parts/unit
Guide Rail Left/ Right Bottom  FFC/Cable* 7
Right Housing (p54)
 ASF PE Sensor FFC Model-specific parts/unit
FFC Cover 6 Right Frame
Frame (p55) Base Assy (p55) Gear Holding
Plate
CR Scale Hold /
Paper Guide S6
--- Screw type/torque list
CR Spacer (p55) 1
Rear ASF Assy Symbol Screw Type Torque
---
 PIS FFC Ink System Assy ---
4 (p55) S18
C.B.P2-TITE SCREW 2.5x4 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm
 Torsion spring (x2) S1

 FFC/Cable* 5
S10 --- Paper Guide (p 70) (p 114) S2 C.B.P-TITE P2 SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
Stacker Assy Upper Assy (p55)
Star Wheel S3 C.B.P-TITE P4 SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
(p 73) PF Encoder Sen-
--- Holder Assy C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 0.5 kgf·cm
CR Guide Rail sor Holder Assy S4

Assy (w/CR (p55)


--- APG Lever/ S5 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x6 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm
Unit) ---
Gear’s
--- S6 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
4 (p 112)
Grounding Plate --- S7 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x8 F/ZN-3C 3 + 1 / -0 kgf·cm
--- (p 69) (p 74)
S14 S18 S8 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
---
1
(p 69) (p 75) S9 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZB-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
 Stacker Open Sensor (p 71)
S10 S26 --- C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
(p 78) (p 112) cable S10

--- S11 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x12 F/ZB-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm


Drive S12 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
Paper Guide Transmission
Front Assy Parallel Gear’s Left S13 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
Adjustment
Protection Cover Right Bottom 4 Bush Left
Housing (p54) --- S14 C.B.S-TITE P4 SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm

1 EMI Frame S10 S19 --- 1 S15 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm
2
(p55) S16 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
--- (p 70) (p 74) S14 1
S18 (p 71) (p 113)
Right Frame S17 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
Base Assy (p55) (p 78) (p 112)
--- (p 78)
S18 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
Ink System Assy
(p55)  FFC/Cable* 6 S19 C.C.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZB-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
S20 C.P SCREW 3x4 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
Main Frame FFC/cable list S21 C.P SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
E (p 56) Parallel G (p 57) Assy
No. FFC/Cable
Adjustment S22 C.P.F.B-TITE SCREW 1.7x5 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
Bush Right 6
Disconnect the Head FFC from the connectors (CN40, 41, 42, S23 C.P.P-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
1 1 5 43, 49, 50) on the Main Board and release the routing to the
S3 S10 S24 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x14 F/ZB-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
Front Frame.
1 S25 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x12 F/ZB-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
S14
8 (p 70) (p 75) Disconnect the FFCs/Cables from the Main board and release
the routing. S26 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x5 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
(p 78) (p 78) (p 112)
(p 59) 6 • PE Sensor FFC (CN7) S27 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
• PS Unit cable (CN501)
S28 C.C.P-TITE SCREW 3x12 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
• CR Motor cable (CN30)
S29 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 5 ± 1 kgf·cm
Release all the FFCs/Cables routing to the Gear Holding
F (p 57) 7 Plate. S30 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm

Flowchart 2-9. Disassembly/Reassembly Flowchart (9)

Disassembly/Reassembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 56


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540//55 series Revision J

F (p 56) G (p 56)

Slide Lever Gear Holding


Star Wheel Paper Guide Plate (p56)
Holder Assy Lower Porous
(p56) Pad A --- One Way Clutch
Gear (p56)
Paper Guide ---
Front Assy (p56) 1

--- --- Pick up Driven


Shaft
Frame Base  Grounding spring (x2) (p 70) (p 78)
Front Cover ---
Pick up Assy
Holder Lever
3 ---
EJ Roller Assy ---
--- ---
1
--- Common parts/unit
---
1 ---
Model-specific parts/unit
PF Roller Fix- (p 69) (p 78) (p
ture Plate (p56) 112)
PF Motor Assy Screw type/torque list
(p57)
 Grounding spring
Symbol Screw Type Torque
Stacker Roller Gear Holding
Assy Holding Plate (p56) S1 C.B.P2-TITE SCREW 2.5x4 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm
Plate
PF Roller Assy One Way Clutch S2 C.B.P-TITE P2 SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
--- Gear (p56)
---
S3 C.B.P-TITE P4 SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
Pick up Driven
2 Shaft (p57) S4 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 0.5 kgf·cm
---
(p 112) S5 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x6 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm
(p 69) (p 78) (p S6 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
112)
Frame Base S7 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x8 F/ZN-3C 3 + 1 / -0 kgf·cm
S8 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
---
Paper Guide Left Frame Base S9 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZB-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
Rear ASF Assy Assy (w/Main
Board) (p55) --- C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
(p56) S10

Pick up Roller EJ Roller Assy (p 78) (p 112) S11 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x12 F/ZB-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
Assy (p54) (p57)
S12 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
Guide Rail Left/
Right (p56) S13 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
Combination
Stacker Assy Gear 17.03.10.2/ S14 C.B.S-TITE P4 SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
(p56) Spur Gear 49.32 S15 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm
--- S16 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm

--- S17 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm


S18 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
---
S19 C.C.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZB-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
 2nd Cassette Sensor S20 C.P SCREW 3x4 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
cable
S21 C.P SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
S22 C.P.F.B-TITE SCREW 1.7x5 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
PF Motor Assy S23 C.P.P-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
S24 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x14 F/ZB-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
3
S25 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x12 F/ZB-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
S10 ---
S26 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x5 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
(p 78) S27 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
S28 C.C.P-TITE SCREW 3x12 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
S29 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 5 ± 1 kgf·cm
S30 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm

Flowchart 2-10. Disassembly/Reassembly Flowchart (10)

Disassembly/Reassembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 57


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540//55 series Revision J

1 (p 54) 2 (p 54) 3 (p 54) 4 (p 54) 5 (p 55)

Scanner Housing Panel Board Housing Upper CR Contacr Wireless LAN


Upper Assy Assy Cover Module Cover Module

4 2 1 1 2

S10 2 S13 3 --- S5 --- S5 ---


S10

--- ---
Panel Board LCD Unit --- ---
---

--- ---
 Scanner FFC
Panel Button --- ---
Scanner Open CR Contacr Wireless LAN
Sensor Module Module Shield
--- ---
CIS Module Unit --- Plate
--- ---
--- ---
--- 2 ---
---
---
--- --- ---
Spacer CIS Module ---
(p 76)
Panel Housing
Screw type/torque list
--- --- Housing Upper
Upper Symbol Screw Type Torque
 FFC/Cable* 8 4 --- --- --- S1 C.B.P2-TITE SCREW 2.5x4 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm
--- --- --- --- S2 C.B.P-TITE P2 SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
Scanner Car- S3 C.B.P-TITE P4 SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
riage Unit --- ---
S4 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 0.5 kgf·cm
---
S5 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x6 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm
--- S6 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm

(p 116) (p 117) (p 117) Scanner Motor S7 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x8 F/ZN-3C 3 + 1 / -0 kgf·cm
S8 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
2
S9 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZB-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
Scanner Hous- ---
ing Lower S29 S10 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm

(p 75) S11 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x12 F/ZB-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm


---
S12 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
---
S13 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
(p 116) S14 C.B.S-TITE P4 SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
CIS Holder Unit
S15 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm
--- S16 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
S17 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
---
S18 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
---
S19 C.C.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZB-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
S20 C.P SCREW 3x4 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
S21 C.P SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
S22 C.P.F.B-TITE SCREW 1.7x5 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm

Common parts/unit S23 C.P.P-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm


S24 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x14 F/ZB-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
Model-specific parts/unit S25 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x12 F/ZB-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
S26 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x5 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
FFC/cable list S27 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm

No. FFC/Cable S28 C.C.P-TITE SCREW 3x12 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm


S29 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 5 ± 1 kgf·cm
Remove the double-sided tape(x1) and release the Scanner
8
FFC routing to the Scanner Carriage Unit. S30 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm

Flowchart 2-11. Disassembly/Reassembly Flowchart (11)

Disassembly/Reassembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 58


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540//55 series Revision J

6 (p 55) 7 (p 55)

Main Board  Torsion spring


Shield Plate PS Unit
Upper/
Grounding Plate 2
Cassette Lock
5 Lever
S10 ---
S10 S21 --- ---
(p 78)
(p 69) 2

Right Frame ---


Base Assy
Main Board Assy ---

2 ---

S10 --- ---

(p 78)
Screw type/torque list
Symbol Screw Type Torque
8 (p 56)
S1 C.B.P2-TITE SCREW 2.5x4 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm
Main Board
Shield Plate S2 C.B.P-TITE P2 SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
Front Lower
S3 C.B.P-TITE P4 SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
--- S4 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 0.5 kgf·cm
 CR Motor cable Holder Cam
--- PE Sensor Assy S5 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x6 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm
Assy
S6 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
--- 1 1
CR Motor S7 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x8 F/ZN-3C 3 + 1 / -0 kgf·cm
S15 --- S4 2
S8 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
Main Board 2
(p 78) --- S9 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZB-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
Shield Plate
Back Lower S20 --- S10 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
 Extension Spring 1.39
--- (p 78) S11 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x12 F/ZB-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
S12 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
---
Change Lever S13 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
---
S14 C.B.S-TITE P4 SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
---
S15 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm
2 S16 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
Left Frame Base
S17 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
---
--- S18 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm

--- S19 C.C.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZB-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm


S20 C.P SCREW 3x4 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
---
S21 C.P SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
S22 C.P.F.B-TITE SCREW 1.7x5 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
S23 C.P.P-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
S24 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x14 F/ZB-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
S25 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x12 F/ZB-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
S26 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x5 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
S27 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
S28 C.C.P-TITE SCREW 3x12 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
S29 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 5 ± 1 kgf·cm
S30 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm

Flowchart 2-12. Disassembly/Reassembly Flowchart (12)

Disassembly/Reassembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 59


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540//55 series Revision J

2.3.3.3 Disassembly Flowchart (XP-55)

START

Housing Front Printer Cover Head FFC Cover CR Front Cover Pick up Roller Housing Lower
Assy Left
3 --- --- --- --- 1

S10 2 2 4 2 1 S10 8

(p 71) --- --- (p 66) (p 115) ---

Housing Upper Right Bottom


Housing Assy Guide IC Holder Board
Assy
Common parts/unit
5 2 --- 4
S10 S11 --- S10 --- 2 Model-specific parts/unit
S5 ---
(p 71) --- (p 66) (p 67) Screw type/torque list
2 (p 64)

Symbol Screw Type Torque


S1 C.B.P2-TITE SCREW 2.5x4 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm
Waste Ink Pad Printhead
Assy S2 C.B.P-TITE P2 SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm

2 4 S3 C.B.P-TITE P4 SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm


S4 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 0.5 kgf·cm
S10 2 S7 ---
S5 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x6 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm
(p 78) (p 67) (p 78) S6 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
S7 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x8 F/ZN-3C 3 + 1 / -0 kgf·cm
S8 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
 FFC/Cable* 1
PW Sensor S9 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZB-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
S10 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
1
Panel Assy S11 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x12 F/ZB-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
S1 --- S12 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
---
(p 67) (p 73) (p 78) S13 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
2 C.B.S-TITE P4 SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
A (p 61) S14

(p 76)
S15 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm
1 (p 64)
S16 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
S17 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
S18 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
S19 C.C.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZB-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
S20 C.P SCREW 3x4 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
S21 C.P SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
S22 C.P.F.B-TITE SCREW 1.7x5 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
S23 C.P.P-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
S24 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x14 F/ZB-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
S25 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x12 F/ZB-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
S26 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x5 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
FFC/cable list S27 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm

No. FFC/Cable S28 C.C.P-TITE SCREW 3x12 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm


S29 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 5 ± 1 kgf·cm
 Disconnect the Panel FFC from the Main Board (CN21).
1 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
 Disconnect the Panel grounding wire.( S17 x1) S30

Flowchart 2-13. Disassembly/Reassembly Flowchart (13)

Disassembly/Reassembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 60


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540//55 series Revision J

A (p 60)

 PF Encoder Sensor FFC  FFC/Cable* 3


 FFC/Cable* 2
 Torsion Spring 13.13  Torsion Spring 13.13

Relay Board B

Left Bottom CR Scale Hold / PF Encoder PF Encoder FFC Cover


Housing Assy
EMI Frame CR Scale CR Spacer Sensor Holder Sensor Frame 2 B (p 61)
Assy
2 --- --- 1 2 2 S10 ---
1
S10 1 2 2 S30 --- S8 1 S17 --- (p 73)
S18 1
--- --- (p 67) --- (p 73) (p 68)
(p 73) Relay Board
Holder
FFC Cover ---
Frame (p61) Common parts/unit

---
 FFC/Cable* 4 B (p 61)
Model-specific parts/unit
---

Screw type/torque list


Wireless LAN
Relay Board A
Module Assy Right Bottom  Extension spring Head FFC Cover Frame Base Rear Symbol Screw Type Torque
Housing Assy (p60) Cover Assy
2 1 (p65) S1 C.B.P2-TITE SCREW 2.5x4 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm
---
--- --- EMI Frame Paper Guide S2 C.B.P-TITE P2 SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
S10 S17 S17
(p61) Upper Assy  CR Encoder Sensor FFC 1 S3 C.B.P-TITE P4 SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
(p 68) (p 74) ---
 FFC/Cable* 6 --- S4 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 0.5 kgf·cm
---
3 (p 64)
S5 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x6 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm
---
Right Frame CR Encoder
Sensor *
S6 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
Base Assy (p 68) (p 78)
S7 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x8 F/ZN-3C 3 + 1 / -0 kgf·cm
5 2
Note "*": The CR Encoder Sensor S8 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
Panel Frame should be removed when
1 S22 --- S9 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZB-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
S2 S10 the PG of the CR Unit is
3 "PG ++". (p 96) S10 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
(p 68) (p 72) (p 78) ---

S10 ---
6 S11 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x12 F/ZB-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
(p 64) S12 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
---
4 (p 64)
FFC Cover S13 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
Frame (p61) Ink System Assy S14 C.B.S-TITE P4 SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm

2 FFC/cable list S15 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm


Head FFC Cover  FFC/Cable* 5
C (p60)  Grounding spring
S10 --- No. FFC/Cable
S16 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
S17 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
(p 62) CR Encoder Sen-  Disconnect the Panel FFC from the connector (CN21), and release the routing.
sor * (p61) (p 68) 2 S18 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
 Release the routing of the Panel Motor cable.
Left Frame Base
CR Front Cover Assy  Disconnect the following FFCs/Cables from the Relay Board B.
S19 C.C.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZB-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
(p60) (w/Main Board)
• PF Encoder Sensor FFC (CN2) • ASF PE Sensor FFC (CN3) S20 C.P SCREW 3x4 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
Porous Pad for 3
Holder Board 6 Ink System Assy • 2nd Cassette Sensor cable (CN4) • PE Sensor FFC (CN7)
Assy (p60) S21 C.P SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
 Disconnect the Relay Board B FFC (CN51) from the Main Board.
S10 1 --- S22 C.P.F.B-TITE SCREW 1.7x5 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
Guide IC (p60)  Disconnect the FFCs/Cables from the Relay Board A.
S23 C.P.P-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
(p 72) (p 78) --- • Stacker Open Sensor cable (CN7)• ? Scanner Open Sensor cable (CN8)
5 4
Printhead (p60)  Disconnect the FFCs/Cables from the Main Board. S24 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x14 F/ZB-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
--- • Wireless LAN Module FFC (CN3) • Relay Board A FFC (CN53) S25 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x12 F/ZB-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
(p 64)
 Disconnect the FFCs/Cables from the Main Board. S26 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x5 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
D (p 62)
• Head FFC (CN40, 41, 42, 43, 49, 50) • PIS FFC (CN52)
Head FFC Assy S27 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
5 • CR Motor cable (CN30) • PS Unit cable (CN501)
• PF Motor cable (CN31) • Relay Board B FFC (CN51) S28 C.C.P-TITE SCREW 3x12 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
---
 Disconnect the PF Encoder Sensor FFC from the Main Board and PF Encoder Sensor. S29 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 5 ± 1 kgf·cm
--- 6  Disconnect the ink tube from the hook on the Panel Unit. S30 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
(p 75) Flowchart 2-14. Disassembly/Reassembly Flowchart (14)

Disassembly/Reassembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 61


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540//55 series Revision J

C (p 61) D (p 61) E (p 62)


Left Frame Base Gear Fixture Main Frame
Assy (w/Main Plate Fixture Plate
Board) (p61)
1 ---
Front Frame Relay Board B
Right Bottom  Grounding spring (p61)
CR Scale (p61) Housing Assy --- ---
S13
(p60) 3 Relay Board
Holder (p61) (p 70) ---
 Extension spring EMI Frame Stacker Gear ---
S2 S10
(p61) Holding Plate

Right Frame 2 (p 69) (p 114)


CR Driven Base Assy (p59) One Way Clutch
Pulley Assy PF Roller Gear
S10 --- Fixture Plate
Relay Board B
--- (p61) Stacker Gear Hold- ---
ing Plate (p62) Right Bottom 1
--- Housing Assy
4 Relay Board (p60) ---
Holder (p61) ---
Stacker Clutch Right Frame
(p 112) Lock Gear (p 70)
Stacker Driven Base Assy (p59) ---
 ASF PE Sensor FFC Gear’s 1 Common parts/unit
---
---  FFC/Cable* 9
FFC Cover 1 Model-specific parts/unit
Frame (p61) Paper Guide ---
Rear ASF Assy --- Gear Holding
CR Scale Hold / Plate Screw type/torque list
CR Spacer (p61) ---
4
1 Symbol Screw Type Torque
 PIS FFC
S10 ---  2nd Cassette Sensor  Torsion spring (x2)
Ink System Assy
cable (CN4) (p61) S18 --- S1 C.B.P2-TITE SCREW 2.5x4 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm

 FFC/Cable* 7 (p 73) Paper Guide S2 C.B.P-TITE P2 SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm


Upper Assy (p61) (p 70) (p 114)
2nd Cassette S3 C.B.P-TITE P4 SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
Star Wheel
Sensor Holder Holder Assy PF Encoder Sen-
sor Holder Assy S4 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 0.5 kgf·cm
CR Guide Rail
Assy (w/CR Unit) 1 --- (p61) APG Lever/ S5 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x6 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm
Gear’s
4 S13 --- ---
S6 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
---
Grounding Plate S7 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x8 F/ZN-3C 3 + 1 / -0 kgf·cm
S14 S18 --- (p 73) (p 69) (p 74) --- S8 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
(p 69) (p 75) 2
(p 71) S9 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZB-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
(p 78) (p 112)  Stacker Open Sensor ---
S10 S17 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
cable S10

--- S11 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x12 F/ZB-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm


Drive
Paper Guide Transmission S12 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
Front Assy Parallel Gear’s Left
S13 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
Adjustment
Protection Cover Right Bottom Bush Left ---
Housing Assy 4 S14 C.B.S-TITE P4 SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
(p60) 2 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm
1 S10 S19 --- 1 S15

EMI Frame S16 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm


--- (p61)
(p 70) (p 74) S14 1 (p 71) (p 113)
S18
S17 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
Right Frame (p 78) (p 112)
--- Base Assy (p59) (p 78)
S18 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
Ink System Assy  FFC/Cable* 8 S19 C.C.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZB-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
(p61)
EMI Frame S20 C.P SCREW 3x4 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
(p61)
Main Frame
FFC/cable list
S21 C.P SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
Parallel G (p 63) Assy
No. FFC/Cable
 Grounding spring Adjustment S22 C.P.F.B-TITE SCREW 1.7x5 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
Bush Right 6
Disconnect the Head FFC from the connectors (CN40, 41, 42, S23 C.P.P-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
1 7 43, 49, 50) on the Main Board and release the routing to the
S3 S10 1 S24 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x14 F/ZB-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
Front Frame.
E (p 62) 1 S25 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x12 F/ZB-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
S14
7 (p 70) (p 75) Disconnect the FFCs/Cables from the Main board and release
the routing. S26 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x5 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
(p 78) (p 78) (p 113)
(p 64) 8 • PE Sensor FFC (CN7) S27 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
• PS Unit cable (CN501)
S28 C.C.P-TITE SCREW 3x12 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
• CR Motor cable (CN30)
S29 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 5 ± 1 kgf·cm
Release all the FFCs/Cables routing to the Gear Holding
F (p 63) 9
Plate. S30 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm

Flowchart 2-15. Disassembly/Reassembly Flowchart (15)

Disassembly/Reassembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 62


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540//55 series Revision J

F (p 62) G (p 62)

Stacker Frame
Star Wheel Paper Guide Lower
Holder Assy Porous Pad D/
(p62) --- Porous Pad Stopper
Paper Guide ---
Front Assy (p62) ---

--- ---

Frame Base  Grounding spring(x2) (p 70)


Front Cover

3 Stacker Assy
EJ Roller Assy Paper Guide Lower
S10 --- --- Porous Pad A
--- --- --- Common parts/unit
---
1 ---
(p 112)
Model-specific parts/unit
PF Roller Fix- (p 69) (p 78) (p (p 70) (p 78)
ture Plate (p62) 112)
Paper Guide Screw type/torque list
Rear ASF Assy
 Grounding spring (p62) Frame Base Rear Symbol Screw Type Torque
Stacker Roller Cover Assy (p61)
Assy Holding Pick up Roller S1 C.B.P2-TITE SCREW 2.5x4 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm
Plate Assy (p60)
S2 C.B.P-TITE P2 SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
PF Roller Assy ---
Paper Guide Lower S3 C.B.P-TITE P4 SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
2 Porous Pad B/
--- Paper Guide Lower S4 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 0.5 kgf·cm
Slide Lever Gear Fixture
Plate (p62) Porous Pad C
--- (p 112) S5 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x6 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm
--- One Way Clutch --- S6 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
(p 69) (p 78) (p Gear (p62)
112) 1 --- S7 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x8 F/ZN-3C 3 + 1 / -0 kgf·cm
Stacker Roller
Assy S8 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
--- (p 70) (p 78)
--- Pick up Driven S9 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZB-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
Stacker Gear Left Frame Base Shaft S10 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
Holding Plate Assy (w/Main 1
(p62) Pick up Assy
Board) (p61) Holder Lever --- S11 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x12 F/ZB-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
Stacker Driven EJ Roller Assy (p 112) S12 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
Gear’s 1 (p62) (p63) --- ---
S13 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
2nd Cassette 1 ---
Sensor Holder S14 C.B.S-TITE P4 SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
(p62) Combination --- S15 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm
Gear 17.03.10.2/
Spur Gear 49.32 S16 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
Guide Rail Left/
Right --- S17 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
Gear Fixture S18 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
6 --- Plate (p62)
S19 C.C.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZB-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
One Way Clutch
S6 --- --- Gear (p62) S20 C.P SCREW 3x4 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
--- Pick up Driven S21 C.P SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
 2nd Cassette Sensor Shaft (p63)
cable S22 C.P.F.B-TITE SCREW 1.7x5 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
S23 C.P.P-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
S24 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x14 F/ZB-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
Cassette 2 PF Motor Assy
Driven Gear’s Frame Base S25 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x12 F/ZB-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm

--- 3 --- S26 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x5 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm


S27 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
1 S10 --- ---
S28 C.C.P-TITE SCREW 3x12 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
--- (p 78) (p 78) (p 112) S29 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 5 ± 1 kgf·cm
S30 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm

Flowchart 2-16. Disassembly/Reassembly Flowchart (16)

Disassembly/Reassembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 63


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540//55 series Revision J

1 (p 60) 2 (p 61) 3 (p 61) 4 (p 61) 5 (p 61) 6 (p 61)

接点モジュール
CRCR Contacr Wireless LAN Printer Cover Main Board
Panel Board Module Cover Module Open Sensor Shield Plate
カバー Upper/ PS Unit
2 1 2 --- Grounding Plate

5 2
S10 --- S5 --- S17 --- 1
--- Cassette Lock
S10 S21 --- S10
Lever
--- --- ---
(p 69) (p 78) ---
 FFC/Cable* 10
2
CR Contacr Main Board Assy Right Frame
Panel Button CR 接点モジュール Relay Board A Base Assy
Module (p61) ---
Panel Assy (p60) 2 ---
--- ---

--- --- S10 --- ---


Wireless LAN
Module Shield Panel Frame
--- --- Plate (p 78) ---

--- ---
Screw type/torque list
--- --- Main Board
Shield Plate Symbol Screw Type Torque
Front Lower
Panel Housing --- S1 C.B.P2-TITE SCREW 2.5x4 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm
---
S2 C.B.P-TITE P2 SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
---
--- S3 C.B.P-TITE P4 SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
---
--- S4 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 0.5 kgf·cm
--- S5 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x6 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm

Main Board S6 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm


Shield Plate S7 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x8 F/ZN-3C 3 + 1 / -0 kgf·cm
7 (p 62) Back Lower
S8 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
---
S9 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZB-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
--- S10 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
--- S11 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x12 F/ZB-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
 CR Motor cable Holder Cam
PE Sensor Assy S12 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
Assy
S13 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
1 1 Left Frame Base
CR Motor S14 C.B.S-TITE P4 SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
S15 --- S4 2 --- S15 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm
2
(p 78) --- --- S16 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
S20 --- S17 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
 Extension Spring 1.39 ---
S18 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
(p 78)
S19 C.C.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZB-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
S20 C.P SCREW 3x4 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
Change Lever
S21 C.P SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
--- S22 C.P.F.B-TITE SCREW 1.7x5 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
2 S23 C.P.P-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm

Common parts/unit S24 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x14 F/ZB-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm


---
S25 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x12 F/ZB-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
Model-specific parts/unit S26 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x5 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
S27 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
FFC/cable list S28 C.C.P-TITE SCREW 3x12 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
No. FFC/Cable S29 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 5 ± 1 kgf·cm

10 Disconnect the Panel grounding wire.( S17 x1) S30 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm

Flowchart 2-17. Disassembly/Reassembly Flowchart (17)

Disassembly/Reassembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 64


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540//55 series Revision J

2.3.4 Disassembly Flowchart (Main Board/Printhead)


 Main Board  Printhead (With PG Adjustment)  Printhead (Without PG Adjustment)

START START START

 SC FFC (CN70) Left Bottom  FFC/Cable* 6


USB Cover Housing Upper Head FFC Cover  SC Encoder FFC (CN72) Head FFC Cover
Housing Assy

1 1 --- 2 ---
Right Frame
ADF/Scanner Base Assy
S9 11 S10 --- 4 Unit S9 S10 1 4
5
(p 66) (p 72) --- --- 2 --- ---
S2 S10 1
S11 ---
 FFC/Cable* 1  FFC/Cable* 4
(p 68) (p 72) (p 78)
Left Bottom (p 72)
Guide IC Guide IC
Housing Assy
Card Slot Board
FAX Assy 2 --- Assy ---
Ink System Assy
Hinge Left/Right 2
--- S9 S10 1 2 2
2
2 S10 S17 ---
--- --- (p 66) (p 66)
S10 ---
--- (p 68) (p 74)
(p 72)  FFC/Cable* 4 S11
(p 68)

 SC FFC (CN70) ---  Panel Motor cable


Printhead (CN34) Printhead
 SC Encoder FFC (CN72) Card Slot Board  Panel FFC (CN23) CR Scale
Assy 4  Waste ink tube 4
Top Front  Grounding spring Common parts/unit
ADF/Scanner 2 ---
Unit S7 --- Housing Assy S7 ---
S10 S17 --- 2 2 Model-specific parts/unit
2 (p 67) (p 78) (p 67) (p 78)
Panel Unit
(p 68) (p 74) 4 (p 67)
S11 --- S9
3
Screw type/torque list
(p 72)  FFC/Cable* 2 Printhead replacement (p 67) (p 66) Symbol Screw Type Torque
S10 ---
Checking the Platen Gap (p 95) S1 C.B.P2-TITE SCREW 2.5x4 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm
FFC Cover (p 67) (p 74) (p 78) S2 C.B.P-TITE P2 SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
Frame Right Front
Hinge Left/Right Housing S3 C.B.P-TITE P4 SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
USB Cover
2 Install all the parts and do S4 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 0.5 kgf·cm
2 2
1 Right Bottom necessary adjustments (p 79).
S17 --- Housing Assy S5 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x6 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm
S11 --- S10 2
S9 --- 2 S6 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
(p 68)
--- --- S7 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x8 F/ZN-3C 3 + 1 / -0 kgf·cm
(p 66) (p 72) ---
 FFC/Cable* 5 S9 S10
 Grounding spring S8 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
 FFC/Cable* 1 --- S9 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZB-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
Top Front Housing Upper
Housing Assy Left Frame Base S10 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
Assy
2 (w/Main Board) 1 S11 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x12 F/ZB-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
FAX Assy
EMI Frame
S12 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
S9 4 6 S10 ---
--- S13 C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
---
(p 66) S10 1 ---
--- S14 C.B.S-TITE P4 SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
---
(p 73) (p 78) S15 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 1.5 ± 1 kgf·cm
(p 72)
--- S16 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm
Right Front
Housing S17 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm

2
S18 C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 8 ± 1 kgf·cm
The Printhead can be replaced without removing the ADF/Scanner Unit. S19 C.C.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZB-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
S10 2
However, the working space for replacement is narrow and dark. Therefore, if S20 C.P SCREW 3x4 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
--- you find it difficult to work, remove the ADF/Scanner Unit first before S21 C.P SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C 6 ± 1 kgf·cm
replacement. S22 C.P.F.B-TITE SCREW 1.7x5 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm

Flowchart 2-18. Disassembly/Reassembly Flowchart (Main Board/Printhead) S23 C.P.P-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C 4 ± 1 kgf·cm

Disassembly/Reassembly Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures 65


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

2.4 Detailed Disassembly/Reassembly Procedure for each Part/Unit


Scanner Rear Cover Left/Right Scanner Motor Assy CIS Module/CIS Holding Plate
Rear left side Scanner Rear Cover Left Drive pulley flange
Concave Compression Spring 1.47 CIS Module
CIS Module
CIS Holding Plate

Drive pulley flange

Rear right side

Scanner Housing Lower


CIS Holding Plate
Rear right side Scanner Rear Cover Right Compression Spring 0.37
Dowel

Dowel
CIS Holding Plate

Ground terminal Hook


C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C (4 ± 1 kgf·cm)

 Install the ground terminal of the scanner grounding wire with Release the hook (x3 each) to remove the CIS Holding Plate (x2).
Hook
it touches the dowel on the Scanner Housing Lower.
Release the hooks (x2 each) to remove the Scanner Rear Cover  Install the drive pulley flange with the concave part facing Install the CIS Module with aligning the dowel (x4) of the CIS Module with the Compression Spring 1.47/0.37.
Left/Right. upward.

USB Cover Top Front Housing Assy CR Front Cover Guide IC

Inside the USB ADF grounding wire


Cover

CR Front Cover
CR Unit Guide IC

Top Front Housing Assy

Ferrite core

USB Cover

Hook Hook

C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C (6 ± 1 kgf·cm) C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C (6 ± 1 kgf·cm)
Rib
Gap
Slide the USB Cover in the direction of the arrow shown in the
Hook
figure above and release the hook (x11) to remove it.
Release the hook (x2) on the front side of the printer and release the Insert a flat-blade screwdriver or similar tool into the gap between
Put the ferrite core of the ADF grounding wire in the position hook (x2) on the rear side while rotating Top Front Housing Assy Remove the CR Front Cover carefully not to damage the hooks the Guide IC and the CR Unit, and bend the Guide IC slightly to
shown in the figure above. in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure above to remove it. (x2). release the rib (x2), and remove the Guide IC.

Disassembly/Reassembly Detailed Disassembly/Reassembly Procedure for each Part/Unit 66


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

Printhead PW Sensor Holder Board Assy


Figure (1) Holder Board IC Lever
CR Unit (Ink cartridge exchange position) Printhead
Holder Board Assy
Head FFC Compression Spring 3.5

3 4 Printhead grounding plate Grounding section

CR guide frame

2 1

Pushing

Dowel
C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x8 F/ZN-3C (3 + 1 / - 0 kgf·cm) Rib
Screw hole IC Lever Cover
Hole C.B.P-TITE SCREW 2.5x6 F/ZN-3C (4 ± 1 kgf·cm)
 When removing/replacing the Printhead, be sure the CR
Unit is at the ink cartridge exchange position shown above.
When removing/replacing the Holder Board Assy, be sure the CR Unit is at the ink cartridge exchange position shown above. Otherwise, the CR
Otherwise, the CR guide frame may be deformed by
guide frame may be deformed by applying force perpendicularly when tightening the screws and it may affect print quality. (p 67)
applying force perpendicularly when tightening the screws
and it may affect print quality.  If any part comes off when removing the Holder Board Assy, reinstall it paying attention to the following.
 When removing/installing the Printhead, take care not to • Align the Compression Spring 3.5 with the dowel of the IC Lever Cover and the IC Lever.
damage the Head FFC because there isn't enough space. • Align the screw holes of the IC Lever Cover with those of the Holder Board.
• Insert the ribs of the IC Lever Cover into the holes of the Holder Board.
When installing the Printhead, make sure that the four corners of
the Printhead are inserted as far as they will go and secure the When installing the PW Sensor, make sure that the grounding • After installing the Holder Board Assy, check the IC Lever works properly by the counterforce of the Compression Spring 3.5.
screws in the order shown in the figure above. section of the printhead grounding plate is facing upward.  When installing the Holder Board Assy, install it while pushing the IC Lever Cover.

Panel Unit Panel Grounding Spring Panel Assy CR Scale


XP-850/XP-800/XP-750/XP-700 series Rear Dowel of the planetary gear 80-digit side
Left side Slit Rail section
Panel Grounding spring

Torsion Spring13.13

CR Scale
Bunch of cables Panel Unit

Panel Assy

XP-600 series
Panel Grounding spring

Frame Base Dowel


Positioning hole Panel Frame Assy
Dowel and bushing
 Install the Panel Unit with aligning the dowel (x2) of the Frame
Base with the positioning hole (x2).  Install the dowel (x2) of the Panel Assy to the bushing (x2)
of the Panel Frame Assy with the Panel Assy open.
 Route the bunch of the cables of the Panel Unit through the slit
of the Frame Base and install the Panel Unit while pulling it in Install the Panel Grounding Spring as shown in the figure above.  Close the Panel Assy, confirm that the dowel of the Install the Torsion Spring 13.13 as shown above.
the direction of the arrow shown above. planetary gear is inside the rail section of the Panel Assy.

Disassembly/Reassembly Detailed Disassembly/Reassembly Procedure for each Part/Unit 67


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

MSF Cover Open Lever/Torsion Spring 1.38 FFC Cover Frame Card Slot Board Assy Right Frame Base Assy

Torsion Spring 1.38 FFC Cover Frame


Card Slot Board Assy Wireless LAN Module cable

Should be set inside

PS Unit

Right Frame Base Assy


Ink tube
Rib
Tube Clamp Acetate Tape Groove

C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C (6 ± 1 kgf·cm)


C.B.P-TITE(P2) SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C (6 ± 1 kgf·cm)

When installing the Right Frame Base Assy, follow the procedure
below.
CN3 Main Board 1. Route the PS Unit cable to the PS Unit. (p 72)
Left Frame Base Assy 2. Install the Right Frame Base Assy to the printer and secure
them with the screw (x5).
MSF Cover Open Lever
When replacing the FFC Cover Frame, remove the FFC Cover 3. Install the tube clamp to the ink tube.
Frame from the printer mechanism before replacing, and install the 4. Connect the ink tube to the connection of the waste ink box and
FFC Cover Frame to the replaced printer mechanism. secure them with the tube clamp. (p 68)
The Wireless LAN Module cable should be disconnected from the
Install the MSF Cover Open Lever/Torsion Spring 1.38 as shown The screw under the FFC Cover Frame should be inside the frame connector (CN3) on the Main Board after the Card Slot Board Assy 5. Route the ink tube through the rib (x4) and groove on the Right
above. of the Frame base Left Assy. is removed from the printer. Frame Base Assy and secure it with acetate tape.

Paper Guide Upper Assy Ink System Assy


Extension Spring 8.64 Paper Guide Upper Assy (Center) Extension Spring 8.64
Main Frame Lower side Box for height
adjustment
Paper Guide Upper Assy (Right)
Ink System Assy

Extension Spring 4.99

Approx. 9 mm
Protrusion
Paper Guide Upper Assy (Center) Hole
1

1 PE Sensor 1
Ink tube

Paper Guide Upper Assy (Right) Paper Guide Upper Assy (Left)

2
No folds Groove

Paper Guide Upper Assy (Left) 2 2


Paper Guide Upper Assy (Center) Align the marking
Sub roller Sub roller
Frame Base C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C (6 ± 1 kgf·cm)
When removing the Paper Guide Upper Assy (Center), slide it to the 0-digit side or the 80-digit side taking care not to touch the PE Sensor.
 To prevent an attachment error of the Ink System Assy and waste ink leakage by Frame Base deformation, when removing/installing the Ink
System Assy, put a box (H: approx. 9 mm) in the position shown above.
 Confirm that the protrusion (x8) on the Paper Guide Upper Assy are aligned with the hole (x8) on the Main Frame and install the Extension  When connecting the ink tube, be careful not to break the ink tube. Also, confirm that the ink tube isn't broken after connecting it.
Spring 4.99/8.64.
 Install the Paper Guide Upper Assy (Left/Right) with the sub roller outside.  Tighten the screws in the order shown above.
 Install the Extension Spring 4.99/8.64 in the position shown above.  Align the marking of the ink tube with the top of the groove.

Disassembly/Reassembly Detailed Disassembly/Reassembly Procedure for each Part/Unit 68


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

CR Guide Rail Assy (w/CR Unit) Front Frame PF Roller Assy

0-digit side Dowel Bottom side After installing the PF Roller Assy PF Roller Assy
80-digit side Pinion gear of the CR Motor
APG Lever

Main Frame CR Guide Rail Stopper

Torsion Spring 5.1


Hole Extension Spring 0.53 Front Frame

1 Extension Spring 0.48

After installing the Left Frame Base Assy Extension Spring 0.48

Hook

CR Guide Rail Assy


C.B.S-TITE.P4 SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C (6 ± 1 kgf·cm)
C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C (8 ± 1 kgf·cm)

 When installing the CR Guide Rail Assy the Main Frame, pay attention to the following instructions:
• The APG lever should be through the hole on the CR Guide Rail Assy.
• The pinion gear of the CR Motor should be through the hole on the CR Guide Rail Assy. Left Frame Base Assy
• The dowel on the Main Frame should be aligned with the hole on the CR Guide Rail Assy. Star Wheel Holder Assy Extension Spring 0.53 Front Frame
 Secure the CR Guide Rail stopper (x2) with the screw (x2) in the order shown in the figure above. Hook the Extension Spring 0.48 to the PF Roller Assy. Next, install
 When securing the CR Guide Rail Assy, secure the CR Guide Rail Assy temporarily with the screw (x2). Install the Torsion Spring 5.1/Extension Spring 0.53 as shown in the Frame base Left Assy, and then hook the Extension Spring 0.48
After PG adjustment (p 95), secure the screw (x2) finally. the figure above. to the hook on the Frame base Left Assy.

Star Wheel Holder Assy EJ Roller Assy Main Board Shield Plate Upper/Grounding Plate

80-digit side
Main Board Shield Plate Upper
Torsion Spring 25.39
Frame Base
Extension Spring 0.45 Hook in the groove

0-digit side
Torsion Spring 44.24

Star Wheel Holder Assy PIS Board

In this product, the PIS Board cannot be removed individually. Therefore, if you replace the PIS Board, replace the Star Wheel Holder Assy. Grounding Plate

EJ Roller Assy
When installing the Star Wheel Holder Assy, follow the procedure below.
1. Install the Torsion Spring 25.39 to the shaft on the Frame Base at the 80-digit side as shown in the figure above. C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C (6 ± 1 kgf·cm)
C.P SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C (6 ± 1 kgf·cm)
2. Install the Star Wheel Holder Assy to the Frame Base.
3. Route the PIS FFC.(p 74) Install the Extension Spring 0.45 as shown in the figure above. Install the Grounding Plate as shown in the figure above.
4. Install the Torsion Spring 44.24 to the shaft on the Frame Base at the 0-digit side as shown in the figure above.

Disassembly/Reassembly Detailed Disassembly/Reassembly Procedure for each Part/Unit 69


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

Main Frame Assy/Frame Base Strengthen Plate Left/Right Gear Holding Plate Spur Gear 28.2/Compression Spring 0.16/Spur Gear 24/
One Way Clutch Gear/Gear Fixture Plate
Gear Holding Plate
80-digit side 0-digit side Gear Holding Plate
PS Unit cable Dowel
PS Unit cable
APG Lever

Groove
Groove
Compression Spring 0.16

Spur Gear 24
Frame Base Strengthen Plate Left
CR Motor cable
CR Motor cable Compression Spring 0.3
Frame Base Strengthen Plate Right

Main Frame Assy


Gear Holding Plate
2

Spur Gear 28.2 One Way Clutch Gear


C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C (6 ± 1 kgf·cm)
C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C (6 ± 1 kgf·cm) Extension Spring 0.48 Cutout Gear Fixture Plate
P.W. 3.2x0.5x7,L/NA
Frame Base C.B.P-TITE.P4 SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C (6 ± 1 kgf·cm) C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x8 F/ZN-3C (6 ± 1 kgf·cm)
 Align the Compression Spring 0.3 with the dowel on the Gear
 Align the APG Lever with the cutout on the Main Frame. Holding Plate.  Install the Spur Gear 28.2/Compression Spring 0.16/Spur Gear
 Route the PS Unit cable and the CR Motor cable through the groove and install the Frame Base Strengthen Plate Left/Right.  Route the Extension Spring 0.48 through the cutout on the Gear 24/One Way Clutch Gear/Gear Fixture Plate as shown in the
 Tighten the screws in the order shown above. Holding Plate. figure above.

Paper Guide Front Assy Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad A/B/C/D/Holding Plate

Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad D Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad D
Check point
Paper Guide Front Assy Contact area (L)
Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad C Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad B

Paper Guide Front Assy

Contact area (S)

Holding Plate
Paper Guide Front Porous Pad

Black mark

Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad A Holding Plate

Paper Guide Front Porous Pad C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C (6 ± 1 kgf·cm)
C.C.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZB-3C (6 ± 1 kgf·cm)

One of the screw (x4) securing the Paper Guide Front Assy is under the Paper Guide Front Porous Pad. When removing the Paper Guide Front Assy,
peel off the Paper Guide Front Porous Pad in the position shown above and remove the screw (x1).
 Install the Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad A/B/C with aligning them with the rib on the Frame Base without lifting.
When installing the Paper Guide Front Assy, check the following points.  When installing the Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad D, pay attention to the following points.
 The Paper Guide Porous Pad is not wavy. • Install it with the narrower side (contact area (S)) frontward.
 The rib of the Paper Guide Porous Pad is under the Paper Guide Front Assy. • Install it so that its contact point touches the sides of the Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad A/B/C properly.
 Completely wipe drops of ink around the Paper Guide Front Assy.  Install the Pad Stopper with the black mark down.

Disassembly/Reassembly Detailed Disassembly/Reassembly Procedure for each Part/Unit 70


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

Gears on the left side of the Frame Base Top Front Housing Assy (XP-510) Housing Front (XP-55)

Spur Gear 14.4B Spur Gear 17.6A Spur Gear 13.6 Spur Gear 17.6 Clutch Gear Spur Gear 21Assy Bottom

Combination Gear 13.6.20.8

Top Front Housing Assy

Spur Gear 19.2 Housing Front

Housing Upper

C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C (6 ± 1 kgf·cm)


Spur Gear 17.6 Spur Gear 17.6 Spur Gear 11.4
Hook
C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C (6 ± 1 kgf·cm)

Release the hook to remove the Spur Gear 19.2. Remove the screw (x2) and slide the Top Front Housing Assy in
the direction of the arrow shown in the figure above.

Install the Spur Gear 17.6A/Spur Gear 17.6(x3)/Clutch Gear/Combination Gear 13.6.20.8/Spur Gear 14.4B/Spur Gear 13.6/Spur Gear 21 Assy/Spur Install the Top Front Housing Assy carefully not to damage the When removing the Printhead, remove the screws as shown in the
Gear 11.4 as shown in the figure above. Panel FFC and Panel grounding wire. figure above.

Housing Upper (XP-55)

Housing Front

C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C (6 ± 1 kgf·cm)


C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x12 F/ZB-3C (6 ± 1 kgf·cm)

Tighten the screws as shown in the figure above.

Disassembly/Reassembly Detailed Disassembly/Reassembly Procedure for each Part/Unit 71


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

2.5 Routing FFCs/cables


Scanner FFC Scanner Motor Assy
Scanner Carriage Scanner FFC Scanner Housing Lower
Scanner Encoder FFC Scanner grounding wire
Scanner Housing Lower

Scanner FFC Scanner Encoder FFC Scanner Housing Lower


CIS Module Scanner Housing Lower

Scanner Carriage Ribs


Scanner Motor cable
Connector

Slit section Ferrite core

Ribs

Hook Cutout
Rib Groove Rib
Double-sided tape Double-sided tape Groove
Double-sided tape
 Scanner Carriage
• Route the Scanner FFC while aligning it with the shape of the slit on the Scanner Carriage, and route it inside the hook and rib and then connect it to the  Scanner Motor cable : Put the ferrite core at the point shown above and route the Scanner Motor cable through the cutout (x2) and the rib on the
connector on the CIS Module. Scanner Housing Lower.
• Secure with the double-sided tape on the position shown above.  Scanner grounding wire : Put the ferrite core at the point shown above and route the Scanner grounding wire through the cutout (x2) and the groove
 Scanner Housing Lower on the Scanner Housing Lower.
• Route the cable inside the rib (x4) on the Scanner Housing Lower.  Scanner Encoder FFC : Route the Scanner Encoder FFC along the shape of the Scanner Housing Lower and route it through the rib, and then secure
• Secure with the double-sided tape (x2) on the position shown above. it with double-sided tape on the position shown above.

Inside the USB Cover Rear right side of the printer


Relay Board C Figure (1) Acetate Tape CR Motor cable Frame Base
Figure (2) Section A
Figure (1)
ADF grounding wire Housing Upper
CN3 CN2 PS Unit
Relay Board C CN4
Figure (2) PS Unit cable

Figure (3)
PS Unit cable
CN5
ADF Unit cable’s CN1 Ferrite core

Figure (3) Scanner FFC No. Name


CN1 Relay Board C FFC
CN2 ADF Motor cable
CN3 ADF Encoder cable
CN4 ADF PE Sensor cable
CN5 ADF PF Sensor cable Dowel Ferrite Core Rib
Groove

 CR Motor cable
Scanner grounding wire Relay Board C FFC
Scanner Encoder FFC • Route the CR Motor cable through the rib (x2) and put the ferrite core at the point shown in the figure (1) above, and then route the CR Motor cable under
Double-sided tape
C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C (6 ± 1 kgf·cm) the rib on the Frame Base.
• Secure the CR Motor cable with acetate Tape at the point shown in the figure (1) above.
 Put the ADF grounding wire on the Scanner grounding wire and secure them with the screw (x1) at the point shown in the figure (1) above.  PS Unit cable
 Route the ADF Unit cables (ADF Motor cable: CN2, ADF Encoder cable: CN3, ADF PE Sensor cable: CN4, ADF PF Sensor cable: CN5) through the 1. Route the PS Unit cable through the rib (x9) on the PS Unit.
section A shown in the figure (2) above and connect them to the connectors on the Relay Board C. 2. Route the PS Unit cable through the ferrite core and form a loop, and hook it to the dowel on the Frame Base and then put the ferrite core at the point shown
 Secure the Scanner FFC, Scanner Encoder FFC with double-sided tape at the point shown in the figure (3) above. in the figure (2) above.
 When connecting the Relay Board C FFC to the connector (CN1) on the Relay Board C, make sure not to break the connector (CN1). 3. Route the PS Unit cable through the groove and the rib on the Frame Base.

Disassembly/Reassembly Routing FFCs/cables 72


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

Rear left side of the printer Paper Guide Rear ASF Assy 2nd Cassette Sensor Holder

PS Unit cable Relay Board B FFC PE Sensor FFC ASF PE Sensor FFC 2nd Cassette Sensor

CR Motor cable Gear Holding Plate

Bottom of printer
PF Motor cable Frame Base Assy
Frame Base
Sensor Holder

2nd Cassette Sensor cable


Parallel Adjustment Bush Left
Relay Board B
Acetate Tape
ASF PE Sensor FFC

ASF PE Sensor FFC PF Encoder Sensor FFC

Cutout
Groove
Rib
Panel Motor cable Acetate Tape PF Motor Hook
MSF Cover Open
Hook
Sensor cable 2nd Cassette Sensor cable  Route the 2nd Cassette Sensor cable through the cutout (x2) on the Sensor
Double-sided tape
Rib Holder.
Hole
Relay Board B ASF PE Sensor FFC Double-sided tape  Route the 2nd Cassette Sensor cable through the groove, rib (x3) and hook
Main Board (x2) on the Frame Base Assy.
Route the ASF PE Sensor FFC through the rib (x2) on the Frame Base and  Route the 2nd Cassette Sensor cable at the rear of the Parallel Adjustment
CN7 route it through the hole, and then secure it with double-sided tape at the point Bush Left and secure it with acetate tape (18 x 10 mm) at the point shown
CN8 CN501
shown above. above.
CN CN
CN51 31 34
PW Sensor MSF Cover Open Sensor
CN4 CN2

PW Sensor FFC CR Unit CN2 CR Encoder Frame Base

CN3 CN1

CN30

Figure 2-1. Relay Board B Figure 2-1. Main Board


No. Name No. Name
CN1 Relay Board B FFC CN30 CR Motor cable
CN2 PF Encoder Sensor FFC CN31 PF Motor cable
CN3 ASF PE Sensor FFC CN34 Panel Motor cable
CN4 2nd Cassette Sensor cable CN51 Relay Board B FFC
CN7 PE Sensor FFC CN501 PS Unit cable
CN8 MSF Cover Open Sensor cable

 Routing the FFCs/cables to the Relay Board B


• PE Sensor FFC (CN7) : Route the PE Sensor FFC along the shape of the Gear Holding Plate as shown above and secure it with double-sided PW Sensor
tape (x2) at the point shown above, and then connect it to the connector on the Relay Board B.
• PF Encoder Sensor FFC (CN2) : Secure the PF Encoder Sensor FFC with double-sided tape (x3) at the point shown above and connect it to the MSF Cover Open Sensor cable Gear’s
Groove
connector on the Relay Board B. Double-sided tape Rib
 Routing the FFCs/cables to the Main Board
• PS Unit cable (CN501) : Route the PS Unit cable through the hook on the Gear Holding Plate and connect it to the connector on the Main  Route the PW Sensor FFC along the shape of the CR Unit as shown above  Route the MSF Cover Open Sensor cable through the rib (x6) on the
Board. and route it through the groove on the CR Unit, and then connect it to the Frame Base.
• CR Motor cable (CN30) : Route the CR Motor cable through the hook (x2) on the Gear Holding Plate and connect it to the connector on the connector (CN2) on the CR Encoder.  After routing the MSF Cover Open Sensor cable, confirm that the MSF
Main Board.  Secure with the double-sided tape on the position shown above. Cover Open Sensor cable doesn't touches the Gears.

Disassembly/Reassembly Routing FFCs/cables 73


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

Card Slot Board Assy Panel Unit


XP-850/XP-800/XP-750/  Scaner Document Sensor cable XP-600 series  Scanner Open Sensor cable
XP-700 series  Panel Encoder Sensor cable  CD-R Tray Sensor cable
 Panel Open Sensor cable Relay Board A Card Slot Board  Stacker Close Sensor cable
Relay Board A Card Slot Board  Scanner Open Sensor cable Assy
Assy  CD-R Tray Sensor cable
 Stacker Close Sensor cable Panel Motor cable Panel FFC

Rib

Rib

Left Frame Base Assy

Route the cable inside Hook


Standard line
Route the following cables inside the rib on the Card Slot Board Assy and connect them to the connectors on the Relay Board A. FFC Cover Frame Double-sided tape
 XP-850/XP-800/XP-750/XP-700 series
• Scanner Document Sensor cable (CN3) • Panel Encoder Sensor cable (CN4)  Panel FFC
• Panel Open Sensor cable (CN2) • Scanner Open Sensor cable (CN8) • Route the Panel FFC along the standard line on the FFC Cover Frame and connect it to the connector (CN23) on the Main Board.
• CD-R Tray Sensor cable (CN6) • Stacker Close Sensor cable (CN5) • Secure with the double-sided (x2) tape on the position shown above.
 XP-600 series  Panel Motor cable
• Scanner Open Sensor cable (CN8) • CD-R Tray Sensor cable (CN6) • Route the Panel Motor cable through the hook (x3) on the FFC Cover Frame.
• Stacker Close Sensor cable (CN5) • Route the Panel Motor cable inside the corner of the Left Frame Base Assy and connect it to the connector on the Main Board. (p 73)

Panel Assy PIS FFC Stacker Open Sensor

Bottom of Frame Base Bottom of Paper Guide Front Assy


Stacker Open Sensor
Frame Base Stacker Open Sensor cable
Panel Assy Panel FFC
Star Wheel Holder Assy

Groove

Hole Paper Guide Front Assy Hook


Dowel
Hole
Panel Frame Assy
When routing the Stacker Open Sensor cable, follow the procedure below.
Groove 1. Route the Stacker Open Sensor cable through the hook (x4) and dowel (x2) on the bottom of the Paper Guide Front Assy.
PIS FFC Frame Base Double-sided tape
Double-sided tape
2. Install the Paper Guide Front Assy to the printer. (p 70)
Route the Panel FFC through the hole on the Panel Frame Assy and secure it Route the PIS FFC along the groove on the Frame Base and secure it with 3. Route the Stacker Open Sensor cable through the groove and dowel (x3) and put it into the hole on the Frame Base.
with double-sided tape (x2) at the point shown above. double-sided tape (x3) at the point shown above. 4. Pull out the Stacker Open Sensor cable from the hole on the Frame Base and route it through the hook (x2).

Disassembly/Reassembly Routing FFCs/cables 74


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

Head FFC Assy (CR Unit side) Head FFC Assy (Front Frame side)

CR Encoder FFC Rear


Acetate Tape Head FFC Assy Front Frame Rib Hole
Hole B Head FFC CR Unit Hole B
Fold back

Hole C

Fold back

CSIC FFC

Head FFC Assy Hole C Rib Hole A

Fold back Main Board Acetate Tape


When routing the Head FFC Assy, follow the procedure below.
1. Route the CR Encoder FFC through the rib on the CR Unit and route it through the hole A/B.  Route the Head FFC Assy through the hole on the Front Frame and route it through the rib.
2. Route the Head FFC (x2) through the rib on the CR Unit and route them through the hole A.  Connect the Head FFC Assy to the connectors (CN49, CN43, CN42, CN41, CN40, CN50) on the Main Board and secure them with acetate tape on the
3. Route the CSIC FFC through the rib on the CR Unit and route it through the hole A and fold back it, and then route it through the hole C. Front Frame.

Rear side of Main Frame Scanner Motor (XP-510)

CR Motor cable Main Frame Bottom Grounding wire Scanner Motor

PE Sensor FFC

Scanner Motor cable

Relay Board Screw it with


PS Unit cable grounding terminal

PE Sensor
Ferrite core PS Unit cable

90 mm Scanner Motor

Hook A
Hook B Scanner Carriage
70 mm Double-sided tape
Ferrite core CR Motor cable

 PE Sensor FFC: Wipe the routing area of the PE Sensor FFC with ethanol.
Route the PE Sensor FFC along its routing path to the Main Frame and secure it with double-sided tape (x4) at the point shown above.
 CR Motor cable: Route the cable by engaging the point 70 mm from the ferrite core on the hook A on the Main Frame and route the other part of the C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x10 F/ZN-3C (5 ± 1 kgf·cm)
cable through the hook (x3).
 PS Unit cable: Route the cable by engaging the point 90 mm from the ferrite core on the hook A on the Main Frame and route the other part of the  Route the Scanner Motor cable through the hooks (x4) of the Scanner Motor as shown above.
cable through the hook (x3).  Secure the grounding wire of the Relay Board and the Scanner Motor together with the screw as show above.

Disassembly/Reassembly Routing FFCs/cables 75


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

Top Front Housing Assy (XP-510) Scanner FFC (XP-510)


Panel grounding wire Panel FFC
Panel Assy Bottom of Scanner Carriage
Connector of Relay Board Scanner Carriage

Panel FFC

Connector of CIS Module

Panel grounding wire


Ferrite Core
Hook
Rib
Hole Double-sided tape
C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C (6 ± 1 kgf·cm) Double-sided tape Rib
Scanner FFC Hole

Route the Scanner FFC as follows.


 Panel grounding wire 1. Insert the Scanner FFC through the hole of the Scanner Housing Lower in the direction shown above, and then secure the FFC with double-sided tape on
• Route the Panel grounding wire through the rib (x6) and hook (x2) on the Panel Frame Base. position shown in the figure above.
• Put the ferrite core at the point shown in the figure above. 2. Route the FFC through the ribs (x7) of the Scanner Housing Lower taking care not to damage the FFC.
 Panel FFC 3. Route the FFC through the ribs (x5) on the bottom of the Scanner Carriage taking care not to damage the FFC.
• Route the Panel FFC through the hole on the Panel Assy and secure it with double-sided tape (x2) at the point shown above. 4. Connect the Scanner FFC to the Relay Board and CIS Module as shown above.

Panel Assy (XP-55) Wireless LAN Module Assy (XP-55) Card Slot Board Assy (Stacker Motor compatible
Panel grounding wire Panel FFC model)
Wireless LAN Module Assy

Relay Board A  Scanner Document Sensor cable


Panel FFC Front Frame  Panel Encoder Sensor cable
Card Slot Board  Panel Open Sensor cable
Relay Board A  Stacker Encoder Sensor cable
Assy
Panel FFC

Front Frame

Rib

Rib

Panel Assy

Panel grounding wire Rib

Panel Assy Rib


Stacker Open Sensor Cable
C.B.S-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C (6 ± 1 kgf·cm)
Route the following cables inside the rib on the Card Slot Board Assy and
Printer Cover Open Sensor Cable connect them to the connectors on the Relay Board A.
 Panel grounding wire  Scanner Document Sensor cable (CN3)
Route the Panel grounding wire through the rib (x2) on the Panel Frame Base, secure the grounding wire of the Panel Assy, the Front Frame and the  Panel Encoder Sensor cable (CN5)
Wireless LAN Module Assy together with the screw as shown in the figure above.  Panel Open Sensor cable (CN2)
Route the Printer Cover Open Sensor Cable(CN8) beside the Wireless LAN
 Panel FFC module Assy and connect it to the connectors on the Relay Board A.  Stacker Encoder Sensor cable (CN4)
Route the Panel grounding wire through the rib (x2) on the Panel Frame Base as shown in the figure above.

Disassembly/Reassembly 76
Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

Rear left side of the printer (XP-860/820/760/720/620/520 series) Panel Unit (XP-860/820/760/720/620/520 series)

1st Cassette Sensor cable PS Unit cable Stacker Motor cable Panel Motor cable
Relay Board B FFC PE Sensor FFC
CR Motor cable Panel FFC
Gear Holding Plate

Relay Board B

ASF PE Sensor FFC PF Encoder Sensor FFC

2nd Cassette Sensor cable

PF Motor cable Hook


Route the cable inside Standard line
Hook Double-sided tape
Stacker Motor cable Panel Motor cable Left Frame Base Assy FFC Cover Frame
Double-sided tape
 Panel FFC
Relay Board B Main Board • Route the Panel FFC along the standard line on the FFC Cover Frame and connect it to the connector (CN22) on the Main Board.
• Secure with the double-sided (x3) tape on the position shown above.
 Panel&Stacker Motor cable
CN7 CN501 • Route the Panel&Stacker Motor cable through the hook (x3) on the FFC Cover Frame.
CN6
• Route the Panel&Stacker Motor cable inside the corner of the Left Frame Base Assy and connect it to the connector on the Main Board. (p 77)
CN CN
CN51 31 34

Paper Guide Rear ASF Assy (XP-860/820/760/720/620/


CN4 CN2 520 series)
1st Cassette Sensor cable
CN
35
CN3 CN1
CN30

Figure 2-2. Relay Board B Figure 2-2. Main Board


Frame Base
No. Name No. Name
CN1 Relay Board B FFC CN30 CR Motor cable ASF PE Sensor FFC
CN2 PF Encoder Sensor FFC CN31 PF Motor cable ASF PE Sensor FFC
CN3 ASF PE Sensor FFC CN34 Stacker Motor cable
CN4 2nd Cassette Sensor cable CN35 Panel Motor cable
CN6 1st Cassette Sensor cable CN51 Relay Board B FFC
CN7 PE Sensor FFC CN501 PS Unit cable

 Routing the FFCs/cables to the Relay Board B 1st Cassette Sensor cable
• PE Sensor FFC (CN7) : Route the PE Sensor FFC along the shape of the Gear Holding Plate as shown above and secure it with double-sided
Rib
tape (x2) at the point shown above, and then connect it to the connector on the Relay Board B. Hole
• PF Encoder Sensor FFC (CN2) : Secure the PF Encoder Sensor FFC with double-sided tape (x3) at the point shown above and connect it to the Double-sided tape
connector on the Relay Board B.
 Routing the FFCs/cables to the Main Board Route the ASF PE Sensor FFC through the rib (x2) on the Frame Base and
• PS Unit cable (CN501) : Route the PS Unit cable through the hook on the Gear Holding Plate and connect it to the connector on the Main route it through the hole, and then secure it with double-sided tape at the point
Board. shown above. Route the 1st Cassette Sensor Cable through the rib (x2) on the
• CR Motor cable (CN30) : Route the CR Motor cable through the hook (x2) on the Gear Holding Plate and connect it to the connector on the Frame Base and route it through the hole, and then route it through the hook at
Main Board. the point shown above.

Disassembly/Reassembly 77
Confidential
CHAPTER 3

ADJUSTMENT

Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

3.1 Required Adjustments


The table from the following page lists the required adjustments depending upon the parts being repaired or
replaced. Find the part(s) you removed or replaced, and check which adjustment(s) must be carried out.

 If the EEPROM data cannot be read out from the old Main Board using the Adjustment
Program when replacing the Main Board is required, the Waste Ink Pad Assy must be
replaced with the Main Board at the same time.
 After all required adjustments are completed, use the “Final check pattern print”
function to print all adjustment patterns for final check. If you find a problem with the
printout patterns, carry out the adjustment again.
 When replacing the Main Board, the adjustment should be made after performing the
initial setting.

 In this chapter, the product names are called as follows:


• XP-850/860 series : XP-850/XP-860
• XP-800/810/820 series : XP-800/XP-801/XP-802/XP-810/XP-820/XP-830/XP-821
• XP-750/760 series : XP-750/XP-760
• XP-700/710/720 series : XP-700/XP-701/XP-702/XP-710/XP-720/XP-21
• XP-600/610/620 series : XP-600/XP-601/XP-605/XP-610/XP-615/XP-620/XP-630/
XP-621/XP-625
• XP-640 series : XP-640/XP-645
• XP-510/520 series : XP-510/XP-520/XP-530
• XP-540 series : XP-540
• XP-55 : XP-55
 The table items and marks used in the “Required Adjustment List” provided on the
following pages have the following meanings.
• “O” indicates that the adjustment must be carried out.
• “---” indicates that the adjustment is not required.
• The “Mechanism Adjustment” should be performed just after reinstalling or
reassembling the part or unit.
• The “Adjustments using the Adjustment Program” need to be performed after
reassembling the printer completely.
 If you have removed or replaced multiple parts, make sure to check the required
adjustments for the all parts. And when multiple adjustments must be carried out, be
sure to carry out them in the order given in the “Priority” row.

Adjustment Required Adjustments 79


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

Table 3-1. Required Adjustment List


Adjustment Type Mechanism adjustment

Priority 1 2

Adjustment Item Checking the Platen Gap Touch Panel Adjustment

Check if the PG is within the standard. This adjustment is made to adjust the
Purpose relative positions between the Touch
Panel detection points and displaying
positions on the Control Panel.
Remove --- ---
Waste Ink Pad Assy
Replace --- ---
Remove --- ---
Printhead
Replace O ---
Remove --- ---
PW Sensor
Replace --- ---
Remove --- ---
ADF Unit
Replace --- ---
Remove --- ---
ADF Frame Assy
Replace --- ---
Remove --- ---
Scanner Unit
Replace --- ---
Remove --- ---
Scanner Motor Assy
Replace --- ---
Part Name

Remove --- ---


Paper Guide Upper Assy
Replace --- ---
Remove --- ---
Right Frame Base Assy
Replace --- ---
Remove --- ---
PS Unit
Replace --- ---
Remove --- ---
Left Frame Base Assy Replace (Read OK) --- ---
Replace (Read NG) --- O
Remove --- ---
Main Board Replace (Read OK) ---
Replace (Read NG) --- O
Remove --- ---
Panel Unit
Replace --- O
Remove --- ---
Panel Assy
Replace --- O
Printout pattern --- ---
See " 3.3.2 Touch Panel Adjustment
See " 3.3.1 Checking the Platen Gap
How to judge (Touch Panel compatible model only)
(p95)" for the details.
(p99)" for the details.

Adjustment program --- ---


Tool See p95 See p99

Adjustment Required Adjustments 80


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

Table 3-1. Required Adjustment List


Adjustment Type Mechanism adjustment

Priority 1 2

Adjustment Item Checking the Platen Gap Touch Panel Adjustment

Check if the PG is within the standard. This adjustment is made to adjust the
Purpose relative positions between the Touch
Panel detection points and displaying
positions on the Control Panel.

Remove --- ---


Panel Frame Assy
Replace --- ---
Remove --- ---
CR Guide Rail Assy
Replace O ---

Parallelism Adjustment Bushing


Remove --- ---
Right
Replace O ---
Remove --- ---
Front Frame
Replace --- ---
Remove --- ---
Star Wheel Holder Assy
Replace --- ---

Parallelism Adjustment Bushing


Remove --- ---
Left
Replace O ---
Remove --- ---
Main Frame Assy
Replace --- ---
Part Name

Remove --- ---


CR Motor
Replace --- ---
Remove --- ---
PE Sensor
Replace --- ---
Remove --- ---
Paper Guide Front Assy
Replace O ---
Remove --- ---
EJ Roller Assy
Replace --- ---
Remove --- ---
PF Roller Assy
Replace --- ---
Remove --- ---
Frame Base Rear Cover Assy
Replace --- ---
Remove --- ---
Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad E
Replace --- ---
Remove --- ---
Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad C
Replace --- ---
Printout pattern --- ---
See " 3.3.2 Touch Panel Adjustment
See " 3.3.1 Checking the Platen Gap
How to judge (Touch Panel compatible model only)
(p95)" for the details.
(p99)" for the details.

Adjustment program --- ---


Tool See p95 See p99

Adjustment Required Adjustments 81


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

Table 3-1. Required Adjustment List


Adjustment Type Mechanism adjustment

Priority 1 2

Adjustment Item Checking the Platen Gap Touch Panel Adjustment

Check if the PG is within the standard. This adjustment is made to adjust the
Purpose relative positions between the Touch
Panel detection points and displaying
positions on the Control Panel.

Remove --- ---


Paper Guide Lower Porous Pad A
Replace --- ---
Remove --- ---
PF Motor Assy
Replace --- ---
Remove --- ---
Frame Base
Replace O ---
Remove --- ---
Duplex Unit
Replace --- ---
Part Name

Remove --- ---


MSF Frame Assy
Replace --- ---
Remove --- ---
2nd Casette Assy
Replace --- ---
Remove --- ---
2nd Casette
Replace --- ---
Remove --- ---
1st Casette Assy
Replace --- ---
Remove --- ---
CD-R Tray
Replace --- ---
Printout pattern --- ---
See " 3.3.2 Touch Panel Adjustment
See " 3.3.1 Checking the Platen Gap
How to judge (Touch Panel compatible model only)
(p95)" for the details.
(p99)" for the details.

Adjustment program --- ---


Tool See p95 See p99

Adjustment Required Adjustments 82


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

Table 3-2. Required Adjustment List


Adjustment Type Adjustment using the Adjustment Program
Priority 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
Initialize CR PF Panel/ SCN ADF
Setting Photo motor motor Stacker motor motor
Head PF CD/DVD PW
EEPROM (Including S/ Head ID Maintenance sensor light PF/EJ First dot position / PW PE Bi-D Paper skew heat heat motor heat heat PFP PIS board
Adjustment Item Ink charge angular deteriorati print counter deteriorati
data copy No. & MAC input counter reset level adjustment adjustment adjustment adjustment adjustment protecti protecti heat protecti protecti Adjustment Check
adjustment on offset clear on offset
address adjustment on on protectio on on
setting) control control n control control control
To copy To write sale- To correct To fill ink To reset the Corrects the To correct tilt To correct To correct the mounting To correct To correct To align print To reset the Initializes the Corrects the To measure and correct the electrical variation of This adjustment To check
adjustment destination- characteristi inside the waste ink amount of of the variations in position of the PW Sensor the paper print start start position at counter CD-R print amount of each motor and the power supply board. is made to ensure the light
values or the specific settings, c variation new counter after light of PW Printhead paper feed on a software basis to detection timing in 0-digit side with according to counter when light using both high print correction
that at 80-digit replacing the quality and high
like stored on the serial number of the Printhead to replacing the and PE caused at the accuracy to adjust the detection positions and bidirectional side in the replaced CDR tray to reset software to print speed in the value
the old Main and the replaced make it Waste Ink Pad sensors to installation achieve position and Nozzle the mounting printing bidirectional parts. the correction adjust the target print mode (Duty) to
Purpose Board to the adjustment initial Printhead ready for Assy. adjust their through higher print position dispersion. positions of through band printing, value for the CDR deterioration by measuring the check the
new board value into the by entering print after paper levels. software quality. the PE software timing of firing tray’s of the sensor paper feed errors time to
when the Main Board after its Printhead replacing control. Sensor by control. ink droplet is deterioration by mist or at various points replace the
Main Board replacing it. And ID (Head the software adjusted through applied according similar and calculating a PIS.
needs to be also to set the ID). Printhead. control. software control. to the CD-R print causes. correction value
counter. for each of the
replaced. MAC address as points.
necessary.
Remove --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Waste Ink Pad Assy
Replace --- --- --- --- O --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Remove --- --- --- --- --- --- O --- --- --- O O --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Printhead
Replace --- --- O O --- --- O --- O O O O --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- O
Remove --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
PW Sensor
Replace --- --- --- --- --- O --- --- O O --- --- --- --- O --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Part Name

Remove --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
ADF Unit
Replace --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- O --- ---
Remove --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
ADF Frame Assy
Replace --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- O --- ---
Remove --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Scanner Unit
Replace --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- O --- --- ---
Remove --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Scanner Motor Assy
Replace --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- O --- --- ---

-2 -1 0 1 2

OK -2 -2
-1 -1
0 0
1 1
NG 2 2
OK
-2 -1 0 1 2
OK NG
Printout pattern --- --- --- --- --- --- NG --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
-2 NG
-1
NG OK NG
OK 0
NG OK NG
1
2 NG

NG

See " 3.2.2.3 Band Examine the PW Adjustment Examine the Examine the See " 3.2.2.4 See " 3.2.2.1 CR Motor Heat See " 3.2.2.2 See " 3.2.2.7 See "
Photo sensor pattern printout Examine the misaligned lines printout printout Initialize PW Protection Control / PF Motor Scanner Motor Paper Feed 3.2.2.5 PIS
light level Enter the patterns and printed on top, bottom, left, and patterns for pattern and deterioration Heat Protection Control / Panel/ Heat Protection / Amount Profile Board
values of the enter the right of the paper, and enter the each of the enter the
adjustment offset (p91)" Stacker Motor Heat Protection ADF Motor Heat (PFP) Check
most straight value for the number beside the line that is
four modes, number of the
(p90)" for lines. pattern with exactly 5 mm away from the for the (p89)" for the details. Protection (p90)" Correction (p92)" for
and enter the one with the
the details. Microweave no overlap paper edge for each side. details. for the details. (p94)" for the the details.
pattern and gap 1st dot adjustment value for the least gap and details.
How to judge --- --- --- --- --- between the Examine the lines on the left
--- pattern with overlap --- ---
Enter the
value for the two side of paper, and enter the no gap and between the
group of rectangles. number beside the line that overlap for two different
which the gaps overlaps with the horizontal each mode. colored
line.
between the lines.
two color bars
are the
smallest.
Adjustment program O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
Tool --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- Ruler --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---

Adjustment Required Adjustments 83


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J
Table 3-2. Required Adjustment List
Adjustment Type Adjustment using the Adjustment Program
Priority 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
Initialize CR PF Panel/ SCN ADF
Setting Photo motor motor Stacker motor motor
Head PF CD/DVD PW
EEPROM (Including S/ Head ID Maintenance sensor light PF/EJ First dot position / PW PE Bi-D Paper skew heat heat motor heat heat PFP PIS board
Adjustment Item Ink charge angular deteriorati print counter deteriorati
data copy No. & MAC input counter reset level adjustment adjustment adjustment adjustment adjustment protecti protecti heat protecti protecti Adjustment Check
adjustment on offset clear on offset
address adjustment on on protectio on on
setting) control control n control control control
To copy To write sale- To correct To fill ink To reset the Corrects the To correct tilt To correct To correct the mounting To correct To correct To align print To reset the Initializes the Corrects the To measure and correct the electrical variation of This adjustment To check
adjustment destination- characteristi inside the waste ink amount of of the variations in position of the PW Sensor the paper print start start position at counter CD-R print amount of each motor and the power supply board. is made to ensure the light
values or the specific settings, c variation new counter after light of PW Printhead paper feed on a software basis to detection timing in 0-digit side with according to counter when light using both high print correction
that at 80-digit replacing the quality and high
like stored on the serial number of the Printhead to replacing the and PE caused at the accuracy to adjust the detection positions and bidirectional side in the replaced CDR tray to reset software to print speed in the value
the old Main and the replaced make it Waste Ink Pad sensors to installation achieve position and Nozzle the mounting printing bidirectional parts. the correction adjust the target print mode (Duty) to
Purpose Board to the adjustment initial Printhead ready for Assy. adjust their through higher print position dispersion. positions of through band printing, value for the CDR deterioration by measuring the check the
new board value into the by entering print after paper levels. software quality. the PE software timing of firing tray’s of the sensor paper feed errors time to
when the Main Board after its Printhead replacing control. Sensor by control. ink droplet is deterioration by mist or at various points replace the
Main Board replacing it. And ID (Head the software adjusted through applied according similar and calculating a PIS.
needs to be also to set the ID). Printhead. control. software control. to the CD-R print causes. correction value
counter. for each of the
replaced. MAC address as points.
necessary.
Remove --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Paper Guide Upper Assy
Replace --- --- --- --- --- --- --- O --- --- O O --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- O ---
Remove --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Right Frame Base Assy
Replace --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- O O O O O --- ---
Remove --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Part Name

PS Unit
Replace --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- O O O O O --- ---
Remove --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Replace
(Read O --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Left Frame Base Assy OK)
Replace
(Read --- O O --- O O O O O O O O --- --- --- O O O O O O O
NG)

-2 -1 0 1 2

OK -2 -2
-1 -1
0 0
1 1
NG 2 2
OK
-2 -1 0 1 2
OK NG
Printout pattern --- --- --- --- --- --- NG --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
-2 NG
-1
NG OK NG
OK 0
NG OK NG
1
2 NG

NG

See " 3.2.2.3 Band Examine the PW Adjustment Examine the Examine the See " 3.2.2.4 See " 3.2.2.1 CR Motor Heat See " 3.2.2.2 See " 3.2.2.7 See "
Photo sensor pattern printout Examine the misaligned lines printout printout Initialize PW Protection Control / PF Motor Scanner Motor Paper Feed 3.2.2.5 PIS
light level Enter the patterns and printed on top, bottom, left, and patterns for pattern and deterioration Heat Protection Control / Panel/ Heat Protection / Amount Profile Board
values of the enter the right of the paper, and enter the each of the enter the
adjustment offset (p91)" Stacker Motor Heat Protection ADF Motor Heat (PFP) Check
most straight value for the number beside the line that is
(p90)" for four modes, number of the for the (p89)" for the details. Protection (p90)" Correction (p92)" for
lines. pattern with exactly 5 mm away from the
and enter the one with the
the details. Microweave no overlap paper edge for each side. details. for the details. (p94)" for the the details.
pattern and gap 1st dot adjustment value for the least gap and details.
How to judge --- --- --- --- --- between the Examine the lines on the left
--- pattern with overlap --- ---
Enter the
value for the two side of paper, and enter the no gap and between the
group of rectangles. number beside the line that overlap for two different
which the gaps overlaps with the horizontal each mode. colored
line.
between the lines.
two color bars
are the
smallest.
Adjustment program O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
Tool --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- Ruler --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---

Adjustment Required Adjustments 84


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J
Table 3-2. Required Adjustment List
Adjustment Type Adjustment using the Adjustment Program
Priority 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
Initialize CR PF Panel/ SCN ADF
Setting Photo motor motor Stacker motor motor
Head PF CD/DVD PW
EEPROM (Including S/ Head ID Maintenance sensor light PF/EJ First dot position / PW PE Bi-D Paper skew heat heat motor heat heat PFP PIS board
Adjustment Item Ink charge angular deteriorati print counter deteriorati
data copy No. & MAC input counter reset level adjustment adjustment adjustment adjustment adjustment protecti protecti heat protecti protecti Adjustment Check
adjustment on offset clear on offset
address adjustment on on protectio on on
setting) control control n control control control
To copy To write sale- To correct To fill ink To reset the Corrects the To correct tilt To correct To correct the mounting To correct To correct To align print To reset the Initializes the Corrects the To measure and correct the electrical variation of This adjustment To check
adjustment destination- characteristi inside the waste ink amount of of the variations in position of the PW Sensor the paper print start start position at counter CD-R print amount of each motor and the power supply board. is made to ensure the light
values or the specific settings, c variation new counter after light of PW Printhead paper feed on a software basis to detection timing in 0-digit side with according to counter when light using both high print correction
that at 80-digit replacing the quality and high
like stored on the serial number of the Printhead to replacing the and PE caused at the accuracy to adjust the detection positions and bidirectional side in the replaced CDR tray to reset software to print speed in the value
the old Main and the replaced make it Waste Ink Pad sensors to installation achieve position and Nozzle the mounting printing bidirectional parts. the correction adjust the target print mode (Duty) to
Purpose Board to the adjustment initial Printhead ready for Assy. adjust their through higher print position dispersion. positions of through band printing, value for the CDR deterioration by measuring the check the
new board value into the by entering print after paper levels. software quality. the PE software timing of firing tray’s of the sensor paper feed errors time to
when the Main Board after its Printhead replacing control. Sensor by control. ink droplet is deterioration by mist or at various points replace the
Main Board replacing it. And ID (Head the software adjusted through applied according similar and calculating a PIS.
needs to be also to set the ID). Printhead. control. software control. to the CD-R print causes. correction value
counter. for each of the
replaced. MAC address as points.
necessary.
Remove --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Replace
(Read O --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Main Board OK)
Replace
(Read --- O O --- O O O O O O O O --- --- --- O O O O O O O
NG)
Remove --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Panel Unit
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- O --- --- --- ---
Part Name

Replace
Remove --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Panel Frame Assy
Replace --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- O --- --- --- ---
Remove --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
CR Guide Rail Assy
Replace --- --- --- --- --- --- O --- O O O O --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---

Parallelism Adjustment Remove --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Bushing Right Replace --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- O O --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Remove --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Front Frame
Replace --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- O --- O O --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---

-2 -1 0 1 2

OK -2 -2
-1 -1
0 0
1 1
NG 2 2
OK
-2 -1 0 1 2
OK NG
Printout pattern --- --- --- --- --- --- NG --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
-2 NG
-1
NG OK NG
OK 0
NG OK NG
1
2 NG

NG

See " 3.2.2.3 Band Examine the PW Adjustment Examine the Examine the See " 3.2.2.4 See " 3.2.2.1 CR Motor Heat See " 3.2.2.2 See " 3.2.2.7 See "
Photo sensor pattern printout Examine the misaligned lines printout printout Initialize PW Protection Control / PF Motor Scanner Motor Paper Feed 3.2.2.5 PIS
light level Enter the patterns and printed on top, bottom, left, and patterns for pattern and deterioration Heat Protection Control / Panel/ Heat Protection / Amount Profile Board
values of the enter the right of the paper, and enter the each of the enter the
adjustment value for the offset (p91)" Stacker Motor Heat Protection ADF Motor Heat (PFP) Check
most straight number beside the line that is
four modes, number of the
(p90)" for lines. pattern with exactly 5 mm away from the for the (p89)" for the details. Protection (p90)" Correction (p92)" for
and enter the one with the
the details. Microweave no overlap paper edge for each side. details. for the details. (p94)" for the the details.
pattern and gap 1st dot adjustment value for the least gap and details.
How to judge --- --- --- --- --- between the Examine the lines on the left
--- pattern with overlap --- ---
Enter the
value for the two side of paper, and enter the no gap and between the
group of rectangles. number beside the line that overlap for two different
which the gaps overlaps with the horizontal each mode. colored
line.
between the lines.
two color bars
are the
smallest.
Adjustment program O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
Tool --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- Ruler --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---

Adjustment Required Adjustments 85


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J
Table 3-2. Required Adjustment List
Adjustment Type Adjustment using the Adjustment Program
Priority 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
Initialize CR PF Panel/ SCN ADF
Setting Photo motor motor Stacker motor motor
Head PF CD/DVD PW
EEPROM (Including S/ Head ID Maintenance sensor light PF/EJ First dot position / PW PE Bi-D Paper skew heat heat motor heat heat PFP PIS board
Adjustment Item Ink charge angular deteriorati print counter deteriorati
data copy No. & MAC input counter reset level adjustment adjustment adjustment adjustment adjustment protecti protecti heat protecti protecti Adjustment Check
adjustment on offset clear on offset
address adjustment on on protectio on on
setting) control control n control control control
To copy To write sale- To correct To fill ink To reset the Corrects the To correct tilt To correct To correct the mounting To correct To correct To align print To reset the Initializes the Corrects the To measure and correct the electrical variation of This adjustment To check
adjustment destination- characteristi inside the waste ink amount of of the variations in position of the PW Sensor the paper print start start position at counter CD-R print amount of each motor and the power supply board. is made to ensure the light
values or the specific settings, c variation new counter after light of PW Printhead paper feed on a software basis to detection timing in 0-digit side with according to counter when light using both high print correction
that at 80-digit replacing the quality and high
like stored on the serial number of the Printhead to replacing the and PE caused at the accuracy to adjust the detection positions and bidirectional side in the replaced CDR tray to reset software to print speed in the value
the old Main and the replaced make it Waste Ink Pad sensors to installation achieve position and Nozzle the mounting printing bidirectional parts. the correction adjust the target print mode (Duty) to
Purpose Board to the adjustment initial Printhead ready for Assy. adjust their through higher print position dispersion. positions of through band printing, value for the CDR deterioration by measuring the check the
new board value into the by entering print after paper levels. software quality. the PE software timing of firing tray’s of the sensor paper feed errors time to
when the Main Board after its Printhead replacing control. Sensor by control. ink droplet is deterioration by mist or at various points replace the
Main Board replacing it. And ID (Head the software adjusted through applied according similar and calculating a PIS.
needs to be also to set the ID). Printhead. control. software control. to the CD-R print causes. correction value
counter. for each of the
replaced. MAC address as points.
necessary.
Remove --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Star Wheel Holder Assy
Replace --- --- --- --- --- --- --- O --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- O ---

Parallelism Adjustment Remove --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Bushing Left Replace --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- O O --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Remove --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Main Frame Assy
Replace --- --- --- --- --- O O --- O O O O --- --- --- O --- --- --- --- --- ---
Remove --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
CR Motor
Part Name

Replace --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- O --- --- --- --- --- ---
Remove --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
PE Sensor
Replace --- --- --- --- --- O --- --- --- O --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Remove --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- O O --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Paper Guide Front Assy
Replace --- --- --- --- --- --- --- O --- O O O --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- O ---
Remove --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
EJ Roller Assy
Replace --- --- --- --- --- --- --- O --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- O ---
Remove --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
PF Roller Assy
Replace --- --- --- --- --- --- --- O --- O --- --- O --- --- --- --- --- --- --- O ---

-2 -1 0 1 2

OK -2 -2
-1 -1
0 0
1 1
NG 2 2
OK
-2 -1 0 1 2
OK NG
Printout pattern --- --- --- --- --- --- NG --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
-2 NG
-1
NG OK NG
OK 0
NG OK NG
1
2 NG

NG

See " 3.2.2.3 Band Examine the PW Adjustment Examine the Examine the See " 3.2.2.4 See " 3.2.2.1 CR Motor Heat See " 3.2.2.2 See " 3.2.2.7 See "
Photo sensor pattern printout Examine the misaligned lines printout printout Initialize PW Protection Control / PF Motor Scanner Motor Paper Feed 3.2.2.5 PIS
light level Enter the patterns and printed on top, bottom, left, and patterns for pattern and deterioration Heat Protection Control / Panel/ Heat Protection / Amount Profile Board
values of the enter the right of the paper, and enter the each of the enter the
adjustment offset (p91)" Stacker Motor Heat Protection ADF Motor Heat (PFP) Check
most straight value for the number beside the line that is
(p90)" for four modes, number of the for the (p89)" for the details. Protection (p90)" Correction (p92)" for
lines. pattern with exactly 5 mm away from the
and enter the one with the
the details. Microweave no overlap paper edge for each side. details. for the details. (p94)" for the the details.
pattern and gap 1st dot adjustment value for the least gap and details.
How to judge --- --- --- --- --- between the Examine the lines on the left
--- pattern with overlap --- ---
Enter the
value for the two side of paper, and enter the no gap and between the
group of rectangles. number beside the line that overlap for two different
which the gaps overlaps with the horizontal each mode. colored
line.
between the lines.
two color bars
are the
smallest.
Adjustment program O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
Tool --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- Ruler --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Adjustment Required Adjustments 86
Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J
Table 3-2. Required Adjustment List
Adjustment Type Adjustment using the Adjustment Program
Priority 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
Initialize CR PF Panel/ SCN ADF
Setting Photo motor motor Stacker motor motor
Head PF CD/DVD PW
EEPROM (Including S/ Head ID Maintenance sensor light PF/EJ First dot position / PW PE Bi-D Paper skew heat heat motor heat heat PFP PIS board
Adjustment Item Ink charge angular deteriorati print counter deteriorati
data copy No. & MAC input counter reset level adjustment adjustment adjustment adjustment adjustment protecti protecti heat protecti protecti Adjustment Check
adjustment on offset clear on offset
address adjustment on on protectio on on
setting) control control n control control control
To copy To write sale- To correct To fill ink To reset the Corrects the To correct tilt To correct To correct the mounting To correct To correct To align print To reset the Initializes the Corrects the To measure and correct the electrical variation of This adjustment To check
adjustment destination- characteristi inside the waste ink amount of of the variations in position of the PW Sensor the paper print start start position at counter CD-R print amount of each motor and the power supply board. is made to ensure the light
values or the specific settings, c variation new counter after light of PW Printhead paper feed on a software basis to detection timing in 0-digit side with according to counter when light using both high print correction
that at 80-digit replacing the quality and high
like stored on the serial number of the Printhead to replacing the and PE caused at the accuracy to adjust the detection positions and bidirectional side in the replaced CDR tray to reset software to print speed in the value
the old Main and the replaced make it Waste Ink Pad sensors to installation achieve position and Nozzle the mounting printing bidirectional parts. the correction adjust the target print mode (Duty) to
Purpose Board to the adjustment initial Printhead ready for Assy. adjust their through higher print position dispersion. positions of through band printing, value for the CDR deterioration by measuring the check the
new board value into the by entering print after paper levels. software quality. the PE software timing of firing tray’s of the sensor paper feed errors time to
when the Main Board after its Printhead replacing control. Sensor by control. ink droplet is deterioration by mist or at various points replace the
Main Board replacing it. And ID (Head the software adjusted through applied according similar and calculating a PIS.
needs to be also to set the ID). Printhead. control. software control. to the CD-R print causes. correction value
counter. for each of the
replaced. MAC address as points.
necessary.

Frame Base Rear Cover Remove --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Assy Replace --- --- --- --- O --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---

Paper Guide Lower Remove --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Porous Pad E Replace --- --- --- --- O --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---

Paper Guide Lower Remove --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Porous Pad C Replace --- --- --- --- O --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Remove --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Part Name

Paper Guide Lower


Porous Pad A Replace --- --- --- --- O --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Remove --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
PF Motor Assy
Replace --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- O --- --- --- --- ---
Frame Base Replace --- --- --- --- --- --- O --- O O O O --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Remove --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Duplex Unit
Replace --- --- --- --- --- --- --- O O O --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Remove --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
MSF Frame Assy
Replace --- --- --- --- --- --- --- O O O --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---

-2 -1 0 1 2

OK -2 -2
-1 -1
0 0
1 1
NG 2 2
OK
-2 -1 0 1 2
OK NG
Printout pattern --- --- --- --- --- --- NG --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
-2 NG
-1
NG OK NG
OK 0
NG OK NG
1
2 NG

NG

See " 3.2.2.3 Band Examine the PW Adjustment Examine the Examine the See " 3.2.2.4 See " 3.2.2.1 CR Motor Heat See " 3.2.2.2 See " 3.2.2.7 See "
Photo sensor pattern printout Examine the misaligned lines printout printout Initialize PW Protection Control / PF Motor Scanner Motor Paper Feed 3.2.2.5 PIS
light level Enter the patterns and printed on top, bottom, left, and patterns for pattern and deterioration Heat Protection Control / Panel/ Heat Protection / Amount Profile Board
values of the enter the right of the paper, and enter the each of the enter the
adjustment offset (p91)" Stacker Motor Heat Protection ADF Motor Heat (PFP) Check
most straight value for the number beside the line that is
four modes, number of the
(p90)" for lines. pattern with exactly 5 mm away from the for the (p89)" for the details. Protection (p90)" Correction (p92)" for
and enter the one with the
the details. Microweave no overlap paper edge for each side. details. for the details. (p94)" for the the details.
pattern and gap 1st dot adjustment value for the least gap and details.
How to judge --- --- --- --- --- between the Examine the lines on the left
--- pattern with overlap --- ---
Enter the
value for the two side of paper, and enter the no gap and between the
group of rectangles. number beside the line that overlap for two different
which the gaps overlaps with the horizontal each mode. colored
line.
between the lines.
two color bars
are the
smallest.
Adjustment program O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
Tool --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- Ruler --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---

Adjustment Required Adjustments 87


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J
Table 3-2. Required Adjustment List
Adjustment Type Adjustment using the Adjustment Program
Priority 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
Initialize CR PF Panel/ SCN ADF
Setting Photo motor motor Stacker motor motor
Head PF CD/DVD PW
EEPROM (Including S/ Head ID Maintenance sensor light PF/EJ First dot position / PW PE Bi-D Paper skew heat heat motor heat heat PFP PIS board
Adjustment Item Ink charge angular deteriorati print counter deteriorati
data copy No. & MAC input counter reset level adjustment adjustment adjustment adjustment adjustment protecti protecti heat protecti protecti Adjustment Check
adjustment on offset clear on offset
address adjustment on on protectio on on
setting) control control n control control control
To copy To write sale- To correct To fill ink To reset the Corrects the To correct tilt To correct To correct the mounting To correct To correct To align print To reset the Initializes the Corrects the To measure and correct the electrical variation of This adjustment To check
adjustment destination- characteristi inside the waste ink amount of of the variations in position of the PW Sensor the paper print start start position at counter CD-R print amount of each motor and the power supply board. is made to ensure the light
values or the specific settings, c variation new counter after light of PW Printhead paper feed on a software basis to detection timing in 0-digit side with according to counter when light using both high print correction
that at 80-digit replacing the quality and high
like stored on the serial number of the Printhead to replacing the and PE caused at the accuracy to adjust the detection positions and bidirectional side in the replaced CDR tray to reset software to print speed in the value
the old Main and the replaced make it Waste Ink Pad sensors to installation achieve position and Nozzle the mounting printing bidirectional parts. the correction adjust the target print mode (Duty) to
Purpose Board to the adjustment initial Printhead ready for Assy. adjust their through higher print position dispersion. positions of through band printing, value for the CDR deterioration by measuring the check the
new board value into the by entering print after paper levels. software quality. the PE software timing of firing tray’s of the sensor paper feed errors time to
when the Main Board after its Printhead replacing control. Sensor by control. ink droplet is deterioration by mist or at various points replace the
Main Board replacing it. And ID (Head the software adjusted through applied according similar and calculating a PIS.
needs to be also to set the ID). Printhead. control. software control. to the CD-R print causes. correction value
counter. for each of the
replaced. MAC address as points.
necessary.
Remove --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
2nd Casette Assy
Replace --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- O --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Remove --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
2nd Casette
Part Name

Replace --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- O --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Remove --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
1st Casette Assy
Replace --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- O --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Remove --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
CD-R Tray
Replace --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- O --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---

-2 -1 0 1 2

OK -2 -2
-1 -1
0 0
1 1
NG 2 2
OK
-2 -1 0 1 2
OK NG
Printout pattern --- --- --- --- --- --- NG --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
-2 NG
-1
NG OK NG
OK 0
NG OK NG
1
2 NG

NG

See " 3.2.2.3 Band Examine the PW Adjustment Examine the Examine the See " 3.2.2.4 See " 3.2.2.1 CR Motor Heat See " 3.2.2.2 See " 3.2.2.7 See "
Photo sensor pattern printout Examine the misaligned lines printout printout Initialize PW Protection Control / PF Motor Scanner Motor Paper Feed 3.2.2.5 PIS
light level Enter the patterns and printed on top, bottom, left, and patterns for pattern and deterioration Heat Protection Control / Panel/ Heat Protection / Amount Profile Board
values of the enter the right of the paper, and enter the each of the enter the
adjustment offset (p91)" Stacker Motor Heat Protection ADF Motor Heat (PFP) Check
most straight value for the number beside the line that is
(p90)" for four modes, number of the for the (p89)" for the details. Protection (p90)" Correction (p92)" for
lines. pattern with exactly 5 mm away from the
and enter the one with the
the details. Microweave no overlap paper edge for each side. details. for the details. (p94)" for the the details.
pattern and gap 1st dot adjustment value for the least gap and details.
How to judge --- --- --- --- --- between the Examine the lines on the left
--- pattern with overlap --- ---
Enter the
value for the two side of paper, and enter the no gap and between the
group of rectangles. number beside the line that overlap for two different
which the gaps overlaps with the horizontal each mode. colored
line.
between the lines.
two color bars
are the
smallest.
Adjustment program O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
Tool --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- Ruler --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---

Adjustment Required Adjustments 88


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

3.2 Adjustment Program


This section provides the operating environment, functions related to safety and privacy policy, and the
adjustment item newly added of the Adjustment Program. See "3.1 Required Adjustments (p79)" for the
adjustments not explained here.

3.2.1 Operating Environment


The operating environment for the Adjustment Program is as follows.
 OS: Windows XP, Vista, 7, 8, 8.1
 Interface: USB

3.2.2 Details of the Adjustment Program


Refer to the guide in the Adjustment Program for the details of the procedure.

3.2.2.1 CR Motor Heat Protection Control / PF Motor Heat Protection Control / Panel/Stacker
Motor Heat Protection

Purpose To measure the manufacturing variations of the DC motors (CR Motor/PF Motor/Panel Motor), Main Board
and Power Supply Board to determine the correction value used for estimating the current values of the
motors.
Risks if the The printer cannot measure the current value of motor correctly, then the heat generation caused by motor
adjustment is not drive cannot be estimated accurately either, and which may results in trouble such as incorrect control of
correctly made motors when allotting a cool down period according to each heat generation. In the worst case, excessive heat
generation may cause smoke or ignition.
Procedure 1. Select from the menu of the Adjustment Program. Check the check box of the replaced parts and press the
“Perform” button to measure the correction value.
2. The correction value is automatically measured and the measurement value is written to the EEPROM on
the Main Board.
Adjustment
Program screen

Perform button Perform button


Check the check box of the replaced parts. Check the check box of the replaced parts.

Perform button

Check the check box of the replaced parts.

Remarks ---

Adjustment Required Adjustments 89


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

3.2.2.2 Scanner Motor Heat Protection / ADF Motor Heat Protection

Purpose To measure the manufacturing variations of the DC motors (Scanner Motor/ADF Motor), Main Board and
Power Supply Board to determine the correction value used for estimating the current values of the motors.
Risks if the The printer cannot measure the current value of motor correctly, then the heat generation caused by motor
adjustment is not drive cannot be estimated accurately either, and which may results in trouble such as incorrect control of
correctly made motors when allotting a cool down period according to each heat generation. In the worst case, excessive heat
generation may cause smoke or ignition.
Procedure 1. Select from the menu of the Adjustment Program. Check the check box of the replaced parts and press the
“Perform” button to measure the correction value.
2. Turn off the printer and turn it back on.
3. The correction value is automatically measured and the measurement value is written to the EEPROM on
the Main Board.

Adjustment
Program screen

Perform button

Check the check box of the replaced parts.

Remarks ---

3.2.2.3 Photo sensor light level adjustment

Purpose To adjust the current values supplied to the sensor to optimize the light amount of the PE / PW Sensor.
Risks if the The value of current varies due to deterioration by mist or the characteristics of sensors or boards. As a result,
adjustment is not the detection timing may be shifted and cause a negative influence on the printing quality.
correctly made
Procedure 1. Set bright white inkjet paper (A4) in 1st Bin cassette.
2. Select from the menu of the Adjustment Program and select the relevant sensor's check box. And then, press
the “Perform” button to adjust.
3. After the paper is fed and ejected, the correction value is automatically corrected and the measurement value
is written to the EEPROM on the Main Board.

Adjustment
Program screen

Perform button

Check the check box of the corresponding sensor

Remarks ---

Adjustment Required Adjustments 90


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

3.2.2.4 Initialize PW deterioration offset

Purpose Initializes the counter to reset the soft counter saved on the EEPROM (PF deterioration offset soft counter) to
fit the PW sensor deterioration condition by ink mist.
Risks if the Mismatch between the PW sensor deterioration condition and the soft counter may result, which may cause an
adjustment is not uniformity of paper margin.
correctly made
Procedure 1. Select from the menu of the Adjustment Program and press the “Initialization” button to initialize the PW
deterioration offset.
2. After pressing the button, the PW deterioration correction value is automatically initialized and the initial
value is written to the EEPROM on the Main Board.

Adjustment
Program screen

Initialization

Remarks ---

Adjustment Required Adjustments 91


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

3.2.2.5 PIS Board Check

Purpose Photo Ink Sensor degradation and failure check.


Risks if the If number of printing sheets increases, ink mist adheres, ink mist adheres to a sensor and the quantity of light
adjustment is not of a sensor falls off by becoming dirty, so that it is necessary to exchange PIS Board Assy (HOLDER,STAR
correctly made WHEEL;ASSY).
By checking with a adjustment program, it is judged whether it is necessary to exchange PIS Board Assy
(HOLDER,STAR WHEEL;ASSY) simultaneously at the time of head exchange.
Procedure 1. Set ink cartridges and close the Scanner / ADF Unit.
2. Select from the menu of the Adjustment Program and press the “Perform” button to check the PIS Board.
3. If an exchange message of the PIS Board is displayed, there may be a problem with the PIS Board or may be
judged as a case that a plenty of time is not available to retrieve the ink consumption data. Therefore, replace
the Star Wheel Holder Assy.

Adjustment OK
Program screen

Perform button

Displays that the PIS board works properly.

NG

Perform button

If the PIS board has reached the end of its


life, the Star Wheel Holder Assy should be
replaced.

Remarks ---

Adjustment Required Adjustments 92


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

3.2.2.6 Head angular adjustment

Purpose In order to keep the same printing quality as the good condition of printer head and make an adjustment for tilt
printer head by software.
Raster offset The adjustment of longitudinal direction is implemented.mode, plain paper Standard mode and other printing
mode.
The target of the offset direction is Y axis and have a check regardless of the Document - High Quality.
The amount of the gap between rows is cottected. For instance, MK(A row) and PK(F row).
Band Feed The adjustment of horizontal direction is implemented. The target of offset direction is X axis.
It is available for printing check by plain paper Standard mode. The gap of standard row is corrected. (1 to 180
nozzle)
The printing start position is adjusted by firmware (mechanical control).
Adjustment
Program screen

Remarks ---

Adjustment Required Adjustments 93


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

3.2.2.7 Paper Feed Amount Profile (PFP) Correction


 Subject Model
 XP-850/800/750/700/600 series
The following table indicates the specified scanners for the PFP adjustment.

Table 3-3. Specified Scanner for PFP Adjustment


Model Name Sensor type

Perfection 4990 CCD


Perfection V700/V750 CCD
WorjkForce 635
Epson Stylus Office TX620FWD/BX625FWD CIS
Epson ME OFFICE 960FWD
WorkForce 633 CIS
WorkForce 630
CIS
Epson Stylus SX620FW
WorkForce 645
CIS
Epson Stylus Office BX635FWD
WorkForce 545
Epson ME OFFICE 940FW CIS
Epson Stylus Office BX630FW
WorkForce 625
Epson Stylus NX625
Epson ME OFFICE 900WD CIS
Epson Stylus SX525WD/TX560WD
Epson Stylus Office BX525WD
Epson Stylus NX530/NX635/SX535WD
CIS
Epson Stylus Office BX535WD
K200 CIS
WorkForce K301 CIS
WorkForce 840
CIS
Epson Stylus Office BX925FWD
WorkForce 845
CIS
Epson Stylus Office BX935FWD
Epson Stylus Photo PX650/TX650/TX659 CIS
Epson Stylus Photo PX660 CIS
Artisan 635 CIS
Epson Stylus TX235/SX230
CIS
Epson ME OFFICE 535
Epson Stylus NX230/TX230W/TX235W/SX235W CIS
Epson Stylus NX330/TX430W/SX430W/SX435W/SX438W
CIS
Epson ME Office 570W
Epson Stylus NX430/TX435W/SX440W/445W CIS
XP-200/201/202/203/204/205/207 CIS
XP-300/302/303/305/306 CIS
XP-400/401/402/403/405/406
CIS
ME-401/303

Adjustment Required Adjustments 94


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

3.3 Mechanism Adjustment / Check


This section provides the procedure for the mechanism adjustment and check.
3.3.1 Checking the Platen Gap
This section describes the procedure for checking the platen gap (PG)

 The standard range of the PG is as follows:


• Standard: 1.2 ± 0.1 mm (PG -)
 This adjustment should be carried out with the mechanism in the minimum PG position
(PG -) before installing the CR Scale.

 Tools
 Thickness gauge: 1.1 mm, 1.3 mm

3.3.1.1 PG Adjustment procedure


PG Adjustment is as follows.

START

" Preparation (p96)"

" Adjustment of the 0-digit side (p97)"

" Adjustment of the 80-digit side (p98)"

" Checking the Platen Gap (p98)"

Is PG at the 0-digit side No


within the standard?

Yes

PG adjustment is finished.

Adjustment Required Adjustments 95


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

3.3.1.2 Preparation
Before PG Adjustment, check the following.
 The mechanism should be in the PG position (PG -).
Check the protrusion of the APG transmission slider is as shown in Figure 3-1.

CR Unit
OK : PG - NG : PG ++

Protrusion of APG
transmission
slider

Figure 3-1. The status of the APG transmission slider


If it is not "OK", set the mechanism in the PG position (PG -) following the procedure below.

1. Move the Carriage Assy to the center of the printer.


2. Rotate the PF Scale to the rear side of the printer taking care not to damage it and set the APG Lever.
3. Move the CR Unit to the 80-digit side until it touches the APG Lever.
4. Check the APG transmission slider is in the "OK" status shown in Figure 3-1.

PF Scale APG Lever : Set

APG LEver : Reset

APG Lever
CR Unit

Figure 3-2. Shifting to the PG position (PG -)


 The center of the notch of the Parallelism Adjustment Bushing in the both sides of the printer should be at the
rib of the frame.

Parallelism Adjustment Parallelism Adjustment


Bushing at the 80-digit side Bushing at the 0-digit side
To +
PG : Min.

To +
PG : Min.
To -
To - PG : Max.
Rib PG : Max. Rib

C.B.P-TITE SCREW 3x6 F/ZN-3C (6 1 kgf • cm)

Figure 3-3. Positions of the Parallelism Adjustment Bushing

Adjustment Required Adjustments 96


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

3.3.1.3 Adjustment procedure


When performing the PG adjustment, make sure of the following.
 Move the CR Unit by pulling the top pf the CR timing belt.
 Be careful not to damage the nozzle surface of the Printhead with the thickness gauge.
 PG Adjustment should be carried out with the new ink cartridges are installed. The ink
cartridges should be installed with the CR Unit is in the ink cartridge exchange position.
(See Printhead (p67))

Adjustment of the 0-digit side


1. Loosen the screw (x2) on the CR Guide Rail and the screw (x2) securing the Parallelism Adjustment Bushing
on the left/right of the printer. (See CR Guide Rail Assy (w/CR Unit) (p69), Figure 3-3)
2. Move the CR Unit to the center of the printer and place the thickness gauge (1.1 mm) on the position A
shown in Figure 3-4.

80-digit side B 0-digit side

Thickness Gauge

Figure 3-4. Placement of the Thickness Gauge


3. Move the CR Unit to the 0-digit side while pushing the CR Guide Rail from the top and check if the CR Unit
touches the thickness gauge.
 When the CR Unit touches the thickness gauge
Move the CR Unit to the center, move the Parallelism Adjustment Bushing at the 0-digit side by one notch in the +
direction. (See Figure 3-3)
 When the CR Unit does not touch the thickness gauge
Move the CR Unit to the center, move the Parallelism Adjustment Bushing at the 0-digit side in the - direction until
the CR Unit touches the thickness gauge and repeat this procedure from Step 3.
4. Move the CR Unit to the 0-digit side again while pushing the CR Guide Rail from the top and check if the CR
Unit touches the thickness gauge.
 When the CR Unit touches the thickness gauge
Move the CR Unit to the center, move the Parallelism Adjustment Bushing at the 0-digit side by one notch in the +
direction and repeat this procedure from Step 3. (See Figure 3-3 (p96))
 When the CR Unit does not touch the thickness gauge
Move the CR Unit to the center and go to Step 5.
5. Remove the thickness gauge (1.1 mm) and place the thickness gauge (1.3 mm) on the position A shown in
Figure 3-4 (p97).
6. Move the CR Unit to the 0-digit side and check if the CR Unit touches the thickness gauge.
 When the CR Unit touches the thickness gauge
Move the CR Unit to the center and remove the thickness gauge, and secure the screw on the Parallelism
Adjustment Bushing at the 0-digit side. Go to Step 8.
 When the CR Unit does not touch the thickness gauge
The PG is too wide, so move the CR Unit to the center of the printer and repeat this procedure from Step 2.

Adjustment Required Adjustments 97


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

Adjustment of the 80-digit side


7. Place the thickness gauge (1.1 mm) on the position B shown in Figure 3-4 (p97).
8. Move the CR Unit to the 80-digit side while pushing the CR Guide Rail from the top and check if the CR
Unit touches the thickness gauge.
 When the CR Unit touches the thickness gauge
Move the CR Unit to the center, move the Parallelism Adjustment Bushing at the 80-digit side by one notch in the
+ direction. (See Figure 3-3)
 When the CR Unit does not touch the thickness gauge
Move the CR Unit to the center, move the Parallelism Adjustment Bushing at the 80-digit side in the - direction
until the CR Unit touches the thickness gauge and repeat this procedure from Step 8.
9. Move the CR Unit to the 80-digit side again while pushing the CR Guide Rail from the top and check if the
CR Unit touches the thickness gauge.
 When the CR Unit touches the thickness gauge
Move the CR Unit to the center, move the Parallelism Adjustment Bushing at the 80-digit side by one notch in the
+ direction and repeat this procedure from Step 8. (See Figure 3-3 (p96))
 When the CR Unit does not touch the thickness gauge
Move the CR Unit to the center and go to Step 10.
10. Remove the thickness gauge (1.1 mm) and place the thickness gauge (1.3 mm) on the position B shown in
Figure 3-4 (p97).
11. Move the CR Unit to the 80-digit side and check if the CR Unit touches the thickness gauge.
 When the CR Unit touches the thickness gauge
Move the CR Unit to the center and remove the thickness gauge, and secure the screw on the Parallelism
Adjustment Bushing at the 80-digit side. Go to Step 12.
 When the CR Unit does not touch the thickness gauge
The PG is too wide, so move the CR Unit to the center of the printer and repeat this procedure from Step 7.

Checking the Platen Gap


12. Place the thickness gauge (1.1 mm) on the position A shown in Figure 3-4 (p97).
13. Move the CR Unit to the 0-digit side and check if the CR Unit touches the thickness gauge.
 When the CR Unit touches the thickness gauge
Move the CR Unit to the center and repeat this procedure from Step 1.
 When the CR Unit does not touch the thickness gauge
Move the CR Unit to the center and remove the thickness gauge, and go to Step 14.
14. Place the thickness gauge (1.3 mm) on the position A shown in Figure 3-4 (p97).
15. Move the CR Unit to the 80-digit side and check if the CR Unit touches the thickness gauge.
 When the CR Unit touches the thickness gauge
Move the CR Unit to the center and remove the thickness gauge, and go to Step 16.
 When the CR Unit does not touch the thickness gauge
Move the CR Unit to the center and repeat this procedure from Step 1.
16. Secure the screw (x2) on the CR Guide Rail.
(See CR Guide Rail Assy (w/CR Unit) (p69))
17. Remove the ink cartridges and complete the adjustment.

Adjustment Required Adjustments 98


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

3.3.2 Touch Panel Adjustment (Touch Panel compatible model only)


This section describes Touch Panel adjustment
 Purpose
This adjustment is made to adjust the relative positions between the LCD screen and the touch panel
detection coordinates.
 Tools
Touch pen (without a sharp end such as a plastic stick)

You can operate selection of each menu, etc. by pressing the following areas on the touch
panel while in the touch panel adjustment mode.
Left side of the touch panel Right side of the touch panel
Power (SW1 : Go to the upper menu hierarchy) (SW3 : Go to the next menu hierarchy)

Ethernet

Center part (SW2:OK/Menu selection)


Figure 3-5. Panel Operation in Touch Panel Adjustment Mode (3.5 inch)
Left side of the touch panel Right side of the touch panel
Power (SW1 : Go to the upper menu hierarchy) (SW3 : Go to the next menu hierarchy)

Center part (SW2:OK/Menu selection)

Figure 3-6. Panel Operation in Touch Panel Adjustment Mode (4.3 inch)

 Adjustment procedure
1. Press the power button (2) for more than 3 seconds while pressing the SW1 on the touch panel (1) and start
the printer in the touch panel adjustment mode.
(1)While pressing the center of the left side of touch panel

Ethernet

(2)Press the power button for more than 3 seconds

Figure 3-7. Touch Panel Adjustment (1)

Adjustment Required Adjustments 99


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J
2. Press the "Touch the middle of the screen to start calibration." area to display the adjustment screen. When
aborting the adjustment, press the "Turn the power off if no need for calibration." area.

Start the screen calibration.

Touch the middle of the screen


to start calibration.

Turn the power off


if no need for calibration.

Figure 3-8. Touch Panel Adjustment (2)


3. Press “+” displayed on the four corners in order using the touch pen.

+ <<Touch here.

Figure 3-9. Touch Panel Adjustment (3)


4. If you retry the adjustment, press the "Touch the right-hand edge of the screen to start calibration again." area
and repeat this procedure from Step 2. When saving the result of adjustment, press the "Touch the middle of
the screen to save the calibration result." area.

Save the calibration result?

Touch the middle of the screen to


save the calibration result.

Touch the right-hand edge of the


screen to start calibration again.

Figure 3-10. Touch Panel Adjustment (4)


5. When "Calibration is complete. Turn the power off." appears on LCD, press the power button to finish the
adjustment.

Adjustment Required Adjustments 100


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

Calibration is complete.

Turn the power off.

Figure 3-11. Touch Panel Adjustment (5)

 Case of XP-830/XP-630
1. Press the power button (2) for more than 3 seconds while pressing the SW1 on the touch panel and start the
printer in the User special mode.

(1)While pressing the center of the touch panel

(2)Press the power button for more than 3 seconds

Figure 3-12. Touch Panel Adjustment (1)

User Special Mode


Run;[OK] / Select:[Right]
1.NW Setting
2.Demo Mode Setting
3.Fax to PC
4. FAX to Memory

Figure 3-13. Touch Panel Adjustment (2)


2. Press the SW1 for more than 3 seconds while pressing the power button on the touch panel and start the
printer in the touch panel adjustment mode.

(1)Press the power button

User Special Mode


Run;[OK] / Select:[Right]
1.NW Setting
2.Demo Mode Setting
3.Fax to PC
4. FAX to Memory

(2)While pressing the center of the left side of touch panel for more than 3 seconds

Figure 3-14. Touch Panel Adjustment (3)

Adjustment Required Adjustments 101


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

Maintenance Special Mode


Run;[OK] / Select:[Right]
1.Touch Screen Calbration

Touch the middle of the screen.

Figure 3-15. Touch Panel Adjustment (4)

3. Press the "Touch the middle of the screen to start calibration." area to display the adjustment screen. When
aborting the adjustment, press the "Turn the power off if no need for calibration." area.

Touch panel to coordinate them. .

Touch the touch screen center.[OK]

Touch the touch screen right.[Cancel]

Figure 3-16. Touch Panel Adjustment (2)


4. Press “+” displayed on the four corners in order using the touch pen.

+ <<Please touch.

Figure 3-17. Touch Panel Adjustment (3)


5. Press “+” displayed on the four centers in order using the touch pen.
+ <<Please touch.

Adjustment Required Adjustments 102


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

6. If you retry the adjustment, press the "Touch the right-hand edge of the screen to start calibration again." area
and repeat this procedure from Step 2. When saving the result of adjustment, press the "Touch the middle of
the screen to save the calibration result." area.

Save the calibration result?

Touch the touch screen center.[Save]

Touch the touch screen right.[Retry

Figure 3-18. Touch Panel Adjustment (4)


7. When "Complete !. Turn the touch screen left." appears on LCD, press the power button to finish the
adjustment.

Complete !

Turn the touch screen left.

Figure 3-19. Touch Panel Adjustment (5)

Adjustment Required Adjustments 103


Confidential
CHAPTER 4

MAINTENANCE

Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

4.1 Overview
In this chapter, the product names are called as follows:
 XP-850/860 series : XP-850/XP-860
 XP-800/810/820/830 series : XP-800/XP-801/XP-802/XP-810/XP-820/XP-821/XP-830
 XP-750/760 series : XP-750/XP-760
 XP-700/710/720 series : XP-700/XP-701/XP-702/XP-710/XP-720/XP-721
 XP-600/610/620/630 series : XP-600/XP-601/XP-605/XP-610/XP-615/XP-620/XP-621/
 XP-625/XP-630/XP-635
 XP-640 series : XP-640/XP-645
 XP-510/520/530 series : XP-510/XP-520/XP-530
 XP-540 series : XP-540
 XP-55 : XP-55
A newly structured printhead is used in this product. If any ink cartridges aren't installed, dust or foreign material
attaches easily on the printhead compared to a usual one and it may affect the printing quality. So, appropriate
cleaning is required. This section describes how to clean the printhead and the related parts.

4.1.1 Cleaning the Printhead


This section describes how to clean the printhead using the following sectioned diagram.
<Newly structured printhead>

A
B B

Printhead filter Seal rubber

 Sectioned Diagram (A-A)  Sectioned Diagram (B-B)

Printhead filter Seal rubber Printhead filter Seal rubber

Note: This sectioned diagram describes the only upper part of the
printhead.

Maintenance Overview 105


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

4.1.1.1 Cleaning the printhead filter

 This cleaning should be carried out only if you can see foreign material on the printhead
filter.
 Make sure not to break the printhead filter with excess force.
 The printhead filter cleaning should be carried out from the center to outside.
(Otherwise, a cotton swab may be caught by the edge of the filter and a burr may result.)
 To prevent mixed colors, make sure not to use the old one for cleaning the printhead
filter of the other colors.

 Tools
 Cotton swab
 Cleaning procedure
1. Place a dried cotton swab slowly in the center of the printhead filter.

Foreign material

Printhead filter
2. Move the cotton swab slowly outside to wipe out foreign material.

3. When finishing the cleaning to the outside of the printhead filter, remove the cotton swab.
4. If foreign material remains there, repeat the steps (1) to (3) shown above until foreign material is removed.

After cleaning, check if there are no damages such as shown below. If there are any damages
there, replace the printhead with a new one.
 A dent of the printhead filter

 A burr of the printhead filter

Maintenance Overview 106


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

4.1.1.2 Cleaning the seal rubber section of the printhead

 This cleaning should be carried out only if you can see foreign material on the seal rubber
section of the printhead.
 The seal rubber section cleaning should be carried out from the center to outside.
 To prevent mixed colors, make sure not to use the old one for cleaning the seal rubber
section of the other colors.
 When cleaning the seal rubber section of the printhead, actual ink/pure water/CR02 can
be used to enhance transcription. But, make sure not to use the undesignated liquid (tap
water/CR06) because they may have a negative influence on the printhead filter.

 Tools
 Cotton swab (the tip is thin)
 Liquid (actual ink/pure water/CR02)
 Cleaning procedure
1. Place a dried cotton swab slowly in the center of the seal rubber section of the printhead.

Wall
Foreign material

Seal rubber

2. Move the cotton swab slowly to wipe out foreign material.

3. When finishing the cleaning to the outside of the seal rubber section of the printhead, remove the cotton swab from
the seal rubber section.
4. If foreign material remains there, repeat the steps (1) to (3) shown above until foreign material is removed.
Note:Actual ink/pure water/CR02 can be used to enhance transcription of foreign material.

Maintenance Overview 107


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

4.1.1.3 Cleaning the nozzle plate section of the printhead

 This cleaning should be carried out only if you can see foreign material on the nozzle
plate of the printhead.
 Make sure not to break the nozzle plate with excess force.
 Make sure not to deform the head cover.
 To prevent mixed colors, make sure to clean it parallel to the nozzle line.
 Only wipe off where foreign material attaches, and do not touch the other sections to the
utmost. If foreign material is big, make sure to wipe it off with a clean part of a soft dry
dust-free cloth in batches.
 When cleaning the nozzle plate of the printhead, actual ink/pure water/CR02 can be used
to enhance transcription. But, make sure not to use the undesignated liquid (tap water/
CR06) because they may have a negative influence on the printhead filter.

 Tools
 Soft dry dust-free cloth
 Liquid (pure water/CR02)
 Cleaning procedure
1. Remove foreign material by moving a soft dry dust-free cloth slowly and lightly.

Soft dry dust-free cloth Nozzle plate Head cover

Foreign material

Clean it parallel to the nozzle line.

Note:Actual ink/pure water/CR02 can be used to enhance transcription of foreign material.

Maintenance Overview 108


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

4.1.2 Cleaning the Carriage


This product's carriage and printhead have walls to prevent an ink leakage into the carriage. Ink may be attached
on the contact surface of the walls by the wiping operation during cleaning. So head short circuit may arise due to
ink attachment on the terminal of the head FFC when replacing the printhead.

Printhead board Printhead

Carriage

A A
Connector
Ink leakage prevention shape (wall)
<80-digit side> <0-digit side>
Sectioned Diagram (A-A)

 Position of the wall of the printhead  Position of the wall inside the printhead

This cleaning should be carried out only when replacing the printhead.

 Tools
 Cotton swab or soft dry dust-free cloth
 Cleaning procedure
1. After pulling out the head FFC while holding the printhead from the carriage, confirm the ink
attachment on the wall.

Head FFC

Ink

2. If ink attaches on the wall, wipe it off with a cotton swab (or a soft dry dust-free cloth).

Maintenance Overview 109


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

4.1.3 Cleaning the Exterior Parts/inside of the printer


This section describes how to clean the sections other than the carriage.
 Instructions for cleaning
 Exterior parts such as housing
Wipe dirt off with a soft clean cloth moistened with water. For glossy or transparent parts, use of unwoven cloth is
recommended to avoid scratching those parts.
 Inside of the printer
Remove paper dust with a vacuum cleaner.
 Rubber or plastic rollers such as an LD roller used to feed paper
If paper dust adhered to the rollers decreases the frictional force of the rollers and the rollers cannot properly feed
paper, wipe off the paper dust with a soft cloth moistened with diluted alcohol.

 Instructions for cleaning ink stains


Wipe the stains off with a cloth wrung out of diluted alcohol.

 Do not use alcohol for cleaning the transparent parts. Doing so may cause them to get
cloudy.
 When wiping paper dust off the rollers, be careful not to rub against the surface asperity.
 To minimize the effect on the parts, use diluted alcohol such as 70% diluted ether.
 After using alcohol for cleaning, make sure to wipe the part off with a soft dry dust-free
cloth to remove alcohol traces fully.

Maintenance Overview 110


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

4.2 Lubrication
The type and amount of the grease used to lubricate the printer parts are determined based on the results of the
internal evaluations. Therefore, refer to "4.2.1 Lubrication Points and Instructions (p112)" for the repairing
procedures below, and apply the specified type and amount of the grease to the specified part of the printer
mechanism.
"4.2.1 Lubrication Points and Instructions (p112)" also provides information about whether or not the parts
which require lubrication are supplied as ASP and the lubrication status when supplied as ASP. For the parts
which are not supplied as ASP, if their movement is not smooth enough, check their lubrication status and
lubricate them if necessary.
 Grease

Type Name EPSON Part Code Supplier


Grease G-45 1033657 EPSON
Grease G-71 1304682 EPSON
Grease G-74 1409257 EPSON
Grease G-94 1561125 EPSON
Grease G-96 1590700 EPSON

 Tools

Name Availability EPSON Part Code


Injector O* ---
Brush O* ---
Flux dispenser O* 1049533
Note "*": Use tools whose specifications are specified in "4.2.1 Lubrication Points and Instructions (p112)".

Maintenance Lubrication 111


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

4.2.1 Lubrication Points and Instructions

<Part supply as ASP> <Part supply as ASP> <Part supply as ASP>


None None None
Frame Base <Lubrication status when <Lubrication status when <Lubrication status when
supplied as ASP> supplied as ASP> supplied as ASP>
--- --- ---
<Lubrication Point> <Lubrication Point> <Lubrication Point>
Contact point (x2) with the Mounting shaft (x1) on the Shaft (x6) on the left side
Pick up Driven Lever Spur Gear 49.32 of the of the Frame Base
Frame Base
<Type> <Type>
G-71 <Type> G-96
G-96
<Application Amount> <Application Amount>
Appropriate amount <Application Amount> Appropriate amount
Appropriate amount
<Remarks> <Remarks>
After applying with <Remarks>  Apply with flux
injector, spread it with a Frame Base  Apply with flux dispenser.
brush evenly. dispenser.  Stir G-96 before use.
 Stir G-96 before use.

Frame Base

Application Point Application Point Application Point

Figure 4-1. Lubrication of the Frame Base (1) Figure 4-2. Lubrication of the Frame Base (2) Figure 4-3. Lubrication of the Frame Base (3)

<Part supply as ASP> <Part supply as ASP>


None None
<Lubrication status when <Lubrication status when
supplied as ASP> supplied as ASP>
Frame Base --- ---
Frame Base
<Lubrication Point> <Lubrication Point>
Contact points (x2) on the Contact points (x3) on the
Frame Base with the Frame Base with the EJ
Stacker Roller Assy Roller Assy
<Type> <Type>
G-71 G-71
<Application Amount> <Application Amount>
Appropriate amount 0.02 g 3
<Remarks> <Remarks>
 Spread grease over the Spread grease over the
entire contact points. entire contact points with
 Spread the grease with a injector.
brush.

Application Point Application Point

Figure 4-4. Lubrication of the Frame Base (4) Figure 4-5. Lubrication of the Frame Base (5)

Maintenance 112
Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

<Part supply as ASP> <Part supply as ASP>


None None
<Lubrication status when <Lubrication status when
Frame Base
supplied as ASP> supplied as ASP>
--- ---
<Lubrication Point> <Lubrication Point>
Contact points (x6) on the Contact points (x10) on the
Frame Base with the PF rear of the Frame Base 80-
Roller digit side with gears
<Type> <Type>
G-71 Rear-most shaft G-96
<Application Amount> <Application Amount>
Appropriate amount 0.02 gr 10 pos
<Remarks> <Remarks>
Spread grease over the  Stir G-96 before use.
entire contact points with  Apply with flux
injector. dispenser.
 For the rear-most shaft,
apply grease on the
surface and the entire
inside of it.

Frame Base

Application Point Application Point

Figure 4-6. Lubrication of the Frame Base (6) Figure 4-7. Lubrication of the Frame Base (7)

<Part supply as ASP> <Part supply as ASP> <Part supply as ASP>


None None Supplied as the Printer
<Lubrication status when <Lubrication status when Mechanism
supplied as ASP> supplied as ASP> <Lubrication status when
--- --- supplied as ASP>
Lubricated
<Lubrication Point> <Lubrication Point>
Contact points (x4) with Contact points on the Main CR Driven Pulley <Lubrication Point>
the APG slider lever Frame with the D/E Lever 1. Bearing (each 1) of the
CR Driven Pulley (x2)
<Type> <Type>
2. Contact points (x4) with
G-96 G-71
the Main Frame
<Application Amount> <Application Amount>
Spur Gear 21 <Type>
Appropriate amount Appropriate amount
G-71
<Remarks> <Remarks>
<Application Amount>
Spread the grease with a After applying with
1.  1 mm 1 mm
brush. injector, spread it with a
brush. 0.02 g 2 pos
2. Appropriate amount
CR Driven Pulley Holder
Main Frame <Remarks>
Apply with injector.

1. Application Point
Application Point Application Point 2. Application Point

Figure 4-8. Lubrication of the Spur Gear 21 Figure 4-9. Lubrication of the Main Frame Figure 4-10. Lubrication of the CR Driven Pulley and the CR Driven Pulley Holder

Maintenance 113
Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

<Part supply as ASP> <Part supply as ASP> <Part supply as ASP>


Supplied as the Stacker None Align it on the center Front Frame None
Roller Assy <Lubrication status when of the CR Driven Align it on the center <Lubrication status when
<Lubrication status when supplied as ASP> Pulley Assy of the CR Motor supplied as ASP>
supplied as ASP> Front Frame
--- ---
Extension Spring 0.45 Not lubricated
<Lubrication Point> <Lubrication Point>
<Lubrication Point> Contact point (x1) on the 1. Contact point (x1)
Contact points (each 1) gear retainer plate with the between the Front
between the Stacker Roller Compression Spring 0.3 Frame and the CR Unit
Assy/EJ Roller Assy and 2. Contact points (x3)
<Type>
the Extension Spring 0.45 between the CR Guide
G-94
<Type> Rail and the CR Unit
<Application Amount>
G-71 <Type>
Appropriate amount
<Application Amount> G-71
<Remarks> CR Guide Rail
0.01 gr 2 pos CR Unit CR Guide Rail <Application Amount>
 Stir G-94 before use.
<Remarks> Appropriate amount
 Apply with flux
EJ Roller Assy  Apply with injector. dispenser. <Remarks>
 Apply grease on the  Apply grease around  Lubricate grease
spring. the dowel (1mm high) between the center of
Gear retainer plate
Stacker Roller Assy the CR motor pinion
and the center of the CR
Driven Pulley Assy.
Align it on the center Align it on the center  Wipe off the grease that
of the CR Motor of the CR Driven run off the designated
Pulley Assy area.
Application Point
Application Point Application Point

Figure 4-11. Lubrication of the Stacker Roller Assy and the


EJ Roller Assy Figure 4-12. Lubrication of the gear retainer plate Figure 4-13. Lubrication of the CR Guide Rail and the Front Frame

<Part supply as ASP> <Part supply as ASP> <Part supply as ASP>


 Grease spreading procedure
Supplied as the SCN Unit Supplied as the Panel Guide rail Cross-section: Supplied as the SCN Unit
After applying the grease, follow the procedure below to spread it with a
<Lubrication status when Frame Assy Application Point <Lubrication status when
brush.
supplied as ASP> <Lubrication status when supplied as ASP>
3. Spread the grease from the origin position side to the motor side
Lubricated supplied as ASP> Lubricated
4. Spread the grease from the motor side to the origin position side
Lubricated
<Lubrication Point> 5. Spread the grease from the origin position side to the motor side <Lubrication Point>
On the bearings (x2) on the <Lubrication Point> Guide rail of the Scanner
Scanner Driven Pulley of Contact points (x2) with Housing Lower (x3)
the Scanner Driven Pulley the gears
<Type>
Assy
<Type> G-94
<Type> G-71
<Application Amount>
G-94
<Application Amount> 0.03 g
<Application Amount> Appropriate amount Front side Rear side
<Remarks>
Appropriate amount
<Remarks>  Apply with injector.
<Remarks> After applying with  Keep the grease
Apply with a brush. injector, spread it over the spreading procedures.
entire shafts with a brush.
Panel Gear Box Guide Rail
Scanner Driven Pulley Assy
Scanner Housing Lower

Motor side Origin position side

Application Point Application Point Application Point

Figure 4-14. Lubrication of the Scanner Driven Pulley Assy Figure 4-15. Lubrication of the Panel Gear Box Figure 4-16. Lubrication of the Scanner Housing Lower

Maintenance 114
Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

<Part supply as ASP> Contact points with the <Part supply as ASP> <Part supply as ASP>
Supplied as the Panel gears on the left side Supplied as the Panel Supplied as the Panel
Frame Assy Frame Assy Frame Assy
<Lubrication status when <Lubrication status when <Lubrication status when
supplied as ASP> supplied as ASP> supplied as ASP>
Panel Frame Assy
Lubricated Lubricated Lubricated
<Lubrication Point> <Lubrication Point> <Lubrication Point>
1. On the contact point 1. Contact points (x4) with In the installing groove
(x2) with the drive gear the gears on the left side (x1) for the Panel
2. On the contact point of the Panel Frame Assy Grounding Spring or the
(x2) with the drive gear 2. Contact points (x3) with Panel Motor Grounding
Contact point with the drive gear shaft Contact point with the drive gear shaft
shaft Panel Frame Assy the gears on the right Spring of the Panel Frame
side of the Panel Frame Assy
<Type>
Assy <Type>
G-71 Contact points with the
Panel Frame Assy gears on the right side <Type> G-71
<Application Amount>
G-71 <Application Amount>
Appropriate amount
<Application Amount> Appropriate amount
<Remarks>
Appropriate amount <Remarks>
After applying with
injector, spread it over the <Remarks> Installing groove Apply with injector on the
entire contact points with After applying with half way around the shaft.
the drive gear shaft and injector, spread it over the
drive gear shaft. entire shafts contacting
Drive gear shaft with gears.

1. Application Point Panel Frame Assy


2. Application Point Application Point Application Point

Figure 4-17. Lubrication of the Panel Frame Assy (1) Figure 4-18. Lubrication of the Panel Frame Assy (2) Figure 4-19. Lubrication of the Panel Frame Assy (3)

<Part supply as ASP> <Part supply as ASP> <Part supply as ASP>


None Supplied as the Pick up Supplied as the Stacker
<Lubrication status when Roller Assy Assy
PF Roller supplied as ASP> <Lubrication status when <Lubrication status when
--- supplied as ASP> supplied as ASP>
Not lubricated Not lubricated
<Lubrication Point>
Contact point (x1) with the <Lubrication Point> <Lubrication Point>
Pick up Roller Assy
Extension Spring 0.48 Contact points (x2) on the Contact points (x8) on the
Pick up Roller Assy with Stacker Assy with the
<Type>
the Frame Base Frame Base
G-71
<Type> <Type>
<Application Amount>
G-96 G-96
0.02 g (Size of a grain of
rice) <Application Amount> <Application Amount>
Appropriate amount 0.005 gr 8 pos
<Remarks>
Apply with a brush on the <Remarks> <Remarks>
half way around the PF  Apply with flux  Apply with flux
Roller. dispenser. dispenser.
 Stir G-96 before use.  Stir G-96 before use.
?It's not the application on
the installation point.
Stacker Assy

Application Point Application Point Application Point

Figure 4-20. Lubrication of the PF Roller Figure 4-21. Lubrication of the Pick up Roller Assy Figure 4-22. Lubrication of the Stacker Assy

Maintenance 115
Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

<Part supply as ASP> <Part supply as ASP> <Part supply as ASP> <Part supply as ASP>
Supplied as the Panel None None Supplied as the SCN Unit
Frame Assy <Lubrication status when <Lubrication status when <Lubrication status when
<Lubrication status when supplied as ASP> supplied as ASP> supplied as ASP>
supplied as ASP> Stacker Roller Assy Holding Plate --- --- Lubricated
Not lubricated
<Lubrication Point> <Lubrication Point> <Lubrication Point>
<Lubrication Point> Contact points (protrusion) Contact point (x1) with the 1. Mounting shaft (x1) on
Mounting shaft
Levers (x3) on the Stacker (x4) with the EJ Roller Extension Spring 0.53 the Scanner Motor Assy
Open Sensor Assy with the Combination
<Type>
Gear 12.1.11.3
<Type> <Type> G-71
2. On the gear (x1) of the
G-96 G-96
<Application Amount> Combination Gear
<Application Amount> <Application Amount> Appropriate amount 12.1.11.3
Appropriate amount Appropriate amount <Type>
<Remarks>
<Remarks> <Remarks> After lubricating, rotate the G-94
 Apply with flux  Apply with flux Spur Gear 49.32 to drive <Application Amount>
dispenser. dispenser. the EJ Roller and spread
Appropriate amount
 Stir G-96 before use.  Stir G-96 before use. the grease.
<Remarks>
Combination Gear 12.1.11.3
1. Spread it over the entire
Stacker Open Sensor EJ Roller Assy shafts with a brush.
2. Apply with a brush.

Application Point
Application Point Application Point Application Point

Figure 4-24. Lubrication of the Stacker Roller Assy Holding


Figure 4-23. Lubrication of the Stacker Open Sensor Plate Figure 4-25. Lubrication of the EJ Roller Assy Figure 4-26. Lubrication of the Combination Gear 12.1.11.3

<Part supply as ASP> <Part supply as ASP>


Supplied as the Scanner Enlarged figure Apply on the Supplied as the Scanner
Unit center of inner Unit
wall (x4 points).
<Lubrication status when <Lubrication status when
supplied as ASP> supplied as ASP>
Lubricated Lubricated
Guide rail
<Lubrication Point> Scanner Carriage <Lubrication Point>
Guide rail of the Scanner On inner wall surfaces (x4)
Housing Lower on the groove of the
Scanner Carriage
<Type>
Spread grease with brush.
G-45 <Type>
G-45
<Application Amount>
0.03 g x 3 points <Application Amount>
0.015 g x 4 points
<Remarks>
After applying with <Remarks>
injector, spread it with  Using injector, apply
brush in the direction of the grease on inner wall
arrow. surfaces (x4) on the
groove shown in the
enlarged figure.
 Be careful not to let
Scanner Housing Lower
grease flow over.

Application Point Application Point

Figure 4-27. Lubrication of the Scanner Housing Lower Figure 4-28. Lubrication of the Scanner Carriage (1)

Maintenance 116
Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

<Part supply as ASP> <Part supply as ASP>


Cross-section of section A Supplied as the Scanner Combination gear 14.4,10.8 Combination gear 13.8,9.66 Supplied as the Scanner Unit
Unit <Lubrication status when
<Lubrication status when Scanner Carriage supplied as ASP>
supplied as ASP> Lubricated
Lubricated <Lubrication Point>
<Lubrication Point> 1. Shaft hole of the
Contact points (x6) on the Combination Gear 14.4.10.8
Scanner Carriage with the 2. Shaft hole and the side (x2)
CIS Module Unit Cross-section Cross-section of the Combination Gear
13.8.9.66
<Type>
<Type>
G-74
G-45
<Application Amount>
<Application Amount>
Appropriate amount
1. 0.01 g
<Remarks> 2. 0.01 g x 3 points
Section A (See Cross-section view.)
 Apply with flux
<Remarks>
dispenser.
1.2. After applying with
 Stir G-74 before use.
injector, spread it over
 For section A, apply the entire inner surface
grease over the area the shaft hole shown in
shown in the Cross- the figure.
section view.
 Be careful not to let
grease flow over.

Application Point

Figure 4-30. Lubrication of the Combination Gear 14.4,10.8 and Combination Gear 13.8,9.66

<Part supply as ASP>


CIS Module Unit Bottom
Paper Guide Front Assy Supplied as the Paper
Guide Front Assy
<Lubrication status when
supplied as ASP>
Not lubricated
Scanner Carriage <Lubrication Point>
Contact points (x2) of the
Paper Guide Front Assy
with the EJ Roller Assy
<Type>
Application Point Left G-71
Right
<Application Amount>
 2 mm  2 pos
<Remarks>
Section A (See Cross-section view.)
Apply with injector.

Application Point

Figure 4-29. Lubrication of the Scanner Carriage (2) Figure 4-31. Lubrication of the Paper Guide Front Assy

Maintenance ?????? 117


Confidential
CHAPTER 5

REFURBISHMENT

Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

5.1 Overview
In this chapter, the product names are called as follows:
 XP-850/860 series : XP-850/XP-860
 XP-800/810/820/830 series: XP-800/XP-801/XP-802/XP-810/XP-820/XP-821/XP-830
 XP-750/760 series :  XP-750/XP-760
 XP-700/710/720 series : XP-700/XP-701/XP-702/XP-710/XP-720/XP-721
 XP-600/610/620/630 series: XP-600/XP-601/XP-605/XP-610/XP-615/XP-620/XP-621/
 XP-625/XP-630/XP-635
 XP-640 series : XP-640XP-645
 XP-510/520/530 series : XP-510/XP-520/XP-530
 XP-540 series : XP-540
 XP-55 :  XP-55
This chapter provides the refurbishing work of the printer and its purpose.

5.1.1 Storage
If products need to be stored without I/Cs for long-term, attach empty I/C on the CR without a Power-On
sequence at reception process in order to prevent the dry-out of the print head filter during long-term storage
without I/Cs before refurbishment.

No need to use empty I/C if I/Cs are attached at reception process.

5.1.2 Ink Discharge


 Purpose
To clean the ink path inside the Printhead to restore its condition identical to the factory default.

5.1.2.1 Jigs
Required jigs and cleaning liquid for cleaning the ink path are as follows.

Name Category EPSON Part Code


Ink Supply Jig Jig 20MJ11401-A101
Ink Supply Holder Assy Jig 1582137
CSIC Chip (PBK) Jig 2011120JP1
CSIC Chip (C) Jig 2011120JP2
CSIC Chip (Y) Jig 2011120JP3
CSIC Chip (M) Jig 2011120JP4
CSIC Chip (LC) Jig 2011120JP5
CSIC Chip (LM) Jig 2011120JP6
CSIC Chip (MBK) Jig 2011120JP7
Shipping Cleaning Liquid, CR02, 18KG (18kg) Cleaning Liquid 6022798
Shipping Cleaning Liquid, CR02, 1KG (1kg) Cleaning Liquid 6022805
I/P, DPIC009BSP, 110, PRINTING Ink Pack 1462531

Refurbishment Overview 119


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

 Structure of Ink Supply Jig


Top View Bottom View

Side View
Filter

Ink Supply Holder Assy


(White plastic part)

Figure 5-1. Structure of Ink Supply Jig


 How to set Ink Supply Jig
Attach the Ink Supply Jig to the CR unit after CR unit moves to the ink cartridge exchange position. Then,
lock the Ink Supply Holder Assy with the ink cartridge lock levers.
Ink Supply Holder Assy Ink Supply Holder Assy

Ink Cartridge Lock Lever Ink Cartridge Lock Lever

XP-850/XP-750 XP-800/XP-700/XP-600 series

Figure 5-2. How to set Ink Supply Jig (1)

 In case of XP-800/700/600 series, the ink cartridge lock lever for MBK is only one. Therefore,
press down the Ink Supply Holder Assy at missing the ink cartridge lock lever position to
secure it properly.

Note: If the ink cartridge lock lever


is not secured, CR02 leaks
inside the CR unit.

Refurbishment Overview 120


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

 How to replace Ink Supply Holder Assy


1. Remove the screw securing the Ink Supply Holder Assy by using a hexagon wrench.

Screw securing the Ink


Supply Holder Assy

2. Disconnect the ink tube from the Ink Supply Holder Assy by hand.

Note: When the ink tube is


Ink Tube Joint Position disconnected from the Ink
Supply Holder Assy, CR02
leaks from the filter portion.

 Operation of the Adjustment Program for refurbishment when performing the ink discharge
Ink discharge can be done by selecting and running “Ink Discharge” from the Adjustment Program for
refurbishment with the jig set on the printer.
At this point, the factory default values except the adjustment-related setting values are written on the
EEPROM on the Main Board of the printer. This is performed in order to erase the personal information
including the network settings and the operating information of the printer before refurbishment, etc.
This default value restoration is automatically done when performing the ink discharge by the Adjustment
Program for refurbishment automatically.

 For the details of how to set the jigs for refurbishment and how to use the Adjustment
Program (for refurbishment), see guide in the Adjustment Program (for refurbishment).
 Approximately six minutes is necessary for completing the Ink Discharge.

Refurbishment Overview 121


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

5.1.2.2 Preparation
Check the follwing before the ink discharge, otherwise a fatal error will occur and the ink discharge will be the
failure.
 Set the 2nd cassette on the proper position.

Adjust an arrow in front of the 2nd cassette


to another arrow.

Slide the 2nd cassette into the product until


it clicks into place.

2nd cassette

 Close the 1st cassette cover.

Close 1st cassette cover to avoid moving


2nd cassette during Ink Discharge.

1st cassette cover

Refurbishment Overview 122


Confidential
CHAPTER 6

APPENDIX

Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

6.1 Connector Diagram


In this chapter, the product names are called as follows:
 XP-850/860 series : XP-850/XP-860
 XP-800/810/820/830 series: XP-800/XP-801/XP-802/XP-810/XP-820/XP-830/XP-821
 XP-750/760 series : XP-750/XP-760
 XP-700/710/720 series : XP-700/XP-701/XP-702/XP-710/XP-720/XP-721
 XP-600/610/620/630 series: XP-600/XP-601/XP-605/XP-610/XP-615/XP-620/XP-630/
 XP-621/XP-625
 XP-640 series : XP-640/XP-645
 XP-510/520/530 series : XP-510/XP-520/XP-530
 XP-540 series : XP-540
 XP-55 : XP-55
Cable connections of this printer are shown below.
For the function differences of each model, refer to " Functional differences between models and component
parts (p45)".

Appendix Connector Diagram 124


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

6.1.1 Connector Diagram for XP-850/XP-800/XP-750/XP-700/XP-600 series


Relay Board A CN5 Stacker Close Sensor

DVD Tray Sensor CN6 CN4 Panel Encoder Sensor

Stacker Open Sensor CN7 CN3 Scanner Document Sensor

Scanner Open Sensor CN8 CN2 Panel Open Sensor


CN1

CSIC

CN49

CN43 CN53
Printhead
CN42

PW Sensor CN41 CN3 Wireless LAN Module

CN40 CN7 Card Slot Board

CN50 CN23 Panel Board


CR Encoder Board
Main Board
CN52
CN5 FAX Board
PIS Sensor
CN30 CR Motor
PS Board CN501
CN72 Scanner Encoder Sensor
Panel Motor CN34
CN70 Scanner Board
PF Motor CN31
CN73
CN51

CN1
CN1
2nd Bin Sensor CN4 CN7 PE Sensor CN2 ADF Document Motor

ASF PE Sensor CN3 CN2 PF Encoder Sensor CN3 ADF Encoder Sensor

MSF Open Sensor CN8 Relay Board B CN4 ADF PE Sensor

CN5 ADF Document Sensor

Relay Board C

Figure 6-1. Connector Diagram for XP-850/XP-800/XP-750/XP-700/XP-600 Series

Appendix Connector Diagram 125


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

6.1.2 Connector Diagram for XP-810/XP-710/XP-610 series

Relay Board A CN4 Panel Encoder Sensor

Stacker Open Sensor CN7 CN3 Scanner Document Sensor

Scanner Open Sensor CN8 CN2 Panel Open Sensor


CN1

CSIC

CN49

CN43 CN53
Printhead
CN42

PW Sensor CN41 CN3 Wireless LAN Module

CN40 CN7 Card Slot Board

CN50 CN23 Panel Board


CR Encoder Board
Main Board
CN52
CN5 FAX Board
PIS Sensor
CN30 CR Motor
PS Board CN501
CN72 Scanner Encoder Sensor
Panel Motor CN34
CN70 Scanner Board
PF Motor CN31
CN73
CN51

CN1
CN1
2nd Bin Sensor CN4 CN7 PE Sensor CN2 ADF Document Motor

ASF PE Sensor CN3 CN2 PF Encoder Sensor CN3 ADF Encoder Sensor

Relay Board B CN4 ADF PE Sensor

CN5 ADF Document Sensor

Relay Board C

Figure 6-2. Connector Diagram for XP-810/XP-710/XP-610 Series

Appendix Connector Diagram 126


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

6.1.3 Connector Diagram for XP-510

CSIC

CN49

CN43 CN3 Wireless LAN Module


Printhead
CN42 CN20 Panel Board

PW Sensor CN41

CN40

CN50
CR Encoder Board
Main Board
CN52

PIS Sensor

PS Board CN501 CN30 CR Motor


PF Motor CN31 CN70 Scanner Board

CN51

CN1
Scanner Open Sensor CN4 CN7 PE Sensor

Stacker Open Sensor CN8 CN2 PF Encoder Sensor

Relay Board

Figure 6-3. Connector Diagram for XP-510

Appendix Connector Diagram 127


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

6.1.4 Connector Diagram for XP-860/820/830/760/720/620/630/640/520/530/540


series

Relay Board A

Stacker Encoder Sensor CN4 CN5 Panel Encoder Sensor

Scanner Document Sensor CN3 CN2 Panel Open Sensor


CN1

CSIC

CN49

CN43 CN53
Printhead
CN42

PW Sensor CN41 CN3 Wireless LAN Module

CN40 CN7 Card Slot Board

CN50 CN22 Panel Board


CR Encoder Board
CN54 Stacker Open Sensor
Main Board
CN52
CN5 FAX Board
PIS Sensor
CN30 CR Motor
PS Board CN501
CN72 Scanner Encoder Sensor
Panel Motor CN35
CN70 Scanner Board
PF Motor CN31

Stacker Motor CN34


CN73
CN151

CN1
CN1
1st Bin Sensor CN6 CN7 PE Sensor CN2 ADF Document Motor

2nd Bin Sensor CN4 CN2 PF Encoder Sensor CN3 ADF Encoder Sensor

ASF PE Sensor CN3 Relay Board B CN4 ADF PE Sensor

CN5 ADF Document Sensor

Relay Board C

Figure 6-4. Connector Diagram for XP-860/820/760/720/620/630/640/520/530/540 series

Appendix Connector Diagram 128


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

6.1.5 Connector Diagram for XP-55

Relay Board A
CN7 Stacker Open Sensor
CN1
CN8 Printer Cover Open Sensor
CSIC

CN49 CN53

CN43 CN3 Wireless LAN Module


Printhead
CN42

PW Sensor CN41

CN40 CN21 Panel Board

CN50
CR Encoder Board
Main Board
CN52

PIS Sensor

PS Board CN501 CN30 CR Motor

PF Motor CN31

CN51

CN1
2nd Bin Sensor CN4 CN7 PE Sensor

ASF PE Sensor CN3 CN2 PF Encoder Sensor

Relay Board B

Figure 6-5. Connector Diagram for XP-55

Appendix Connector Diagram 129


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

6.2 Protection for Transportation


This section describes the cautions for packing the printer before returning it to the user.

6.2.1 Securing the CR Unit


 Purpose
 To prevent damaging the CR APG mechanism parts by shock during transportation. (Pad,Sheet,CR)
 To prevent ink spattering from the shipping liquid on the Printhead. (Pad,CR:B)
 Risks if it is not performed
 Fatal error caused by the damage of the CR APG mechanism parts.
 Inside contamination by the scattering of the shipping liquid.
 Preparation
 Prepare two pieces of strong tape (Length : 60 mm, width : 22 mm, fold one end 3 mm)
 Prepare a packing material (Pad,Sheet/Pad,CR:B/strong tape (Length : 60 mm, width : 22 mm, fold one end 3
mm)

<Procedures>
1. Align the top end of the
Pad,CR:B
Pad,Sheet,CR with that of the
Pad,CR:B.

2. Secure the top end of that with the


strong tape (60 mm).

Pad,Sheet,CR Strong tape

Figure 6-6. The method of making a packing material

Appendix Protection for Transportation 130


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

 Method
1. Turn off the printer to set the CR Unit to its home position.
2. Attach the strong tape on the CR Unit and the Housing Upper to secure the CR Unit.

Adjust the edge of the strong tape to this line.

Confirm surely the adhesion of strong tape.

Figure 6-7. Securing the CR Unit


3. Set the packing material on the CR Unit.

2
1
Insert the bottom end of Pad,Sheet,CR between the
CR and the Guide IC.
<Procedures>
1. Insert the Pad,CR:B to under the Housing Upper.

2. Slide the Pad,CR:B to right side until touch to Housing


Upper.

Figure 6-8. Setting the packing material


4. Attach the strong tape on the packing material and the Housing Upper to secure the CR Unit.

Confirm surely the adhesion of strong tape.

20mm

Figure 6-9. Securing the packing material

Appendix Protection for Transportation 131


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

6.2.2 Securing the Duplex Unit


 Purpose
To prevent damaging the Duplex Unit by the shock during transportation.
 Risks if it is not performed
Damage of the securing hooks of the Duplex Unit by the shock during transportation.
 Preparation
Prepare two piece of strong tape (Length : 90 mm, width : 22 mm, fold one end 5 mm)
 Method
Attach the strong tape (x2) between the both ends of the Duplex Unit and the Housing Upper as shown below to
secure the Duplex Unit.

Rear side

Duplex Unit

Figure 6-10. Securing the ADF Unit


6.2.3 Securing the ADF Unit
 Purpose
To prevent damaging the ADF Unit by the shock during transportation.
 Risks if it is not performed
Damage of the positioning ribs of the ADF Unit by the shock during transportation.
 Preparation
Prepare two piece of strong tape (Length : 90 mm, width : 22 mm, fold one end 5 mm)
 Method
Attach the strong tape (x2) on the left/right-front side of the ADF Unit and on the left/right-front side of the Scanner
Unit as shown below to secure the ADF Unit.

Left-front Side ADF Unit Right-front Side

Scanner Unit

Figure 6-11. Securing the ADF Unit

Appendix Protection for Transportation 132


Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

6.2.4 Securing the Paper Support (XP-55)


 Purpose
To prevent damaging the Paper Support by the shock during transportation.
 Risks if it is not performed
Damage of the Paper Support by the shock during transportation.
 Preparation
Prepare a piece of strong tape (Length : 60 mm, width : 22 mm, fold one end 5 mm)
 Method
Attach the strong tape on the Paper Support as shown below to secure the Paper Support.

Duplex Unit
Paper Support

Figure 6-12. Securing the Paper Support

Appendix Protection for Transportation 133


Confidential
CHAPTER 7

XP-640/540 SERIES

Confidential
Epson XP-850/860/800/810/820/830/750/760/700/710/720/600/610/620/630/640/510/520/530/540/55 series Revision J

7.1 Overview
XP-530/XP-630 series and XP-540/XP-640 series use similar mechanism, and basically common
to each other. Therefore, most of the information in prior chapters can apply to XP-540/XP-640 series.
This chapter describes particular information only on XP-540/XP-640 series.
Parts are changed as shown figure below.

7.1.1 SPACER COVER DOCUMENT,SC

Scanner Unit

Install

Spacer Cover Document,SC

Housing Lower Rear


Right,SC

Housing Lower Rear Housing Lower Rear


Left,SC Right,SC

CBP-TITE SCREW,3x10,F/ZN-3C
Standard Torque: 6+/-1 Kgfem

Insert [SPA C E R C O V E R D O C U M E N T,SC ] onto [CO V E R D O C U M E N T SC ] & Full Insert to slot [H O U S IN G


U PPE R ,SC ] of right & left side position.
M ake sure [SPA C E R C O V E R D O C U M E N T,SC ] N o m issing, N oB roken.

xp-640/540 Series Overview 135


Confidential

You might also like